EMS Technologies Canada HSD-440 eNfusion HSD-440 Aeronautical Satcom Transceiver User Manual MN 1252 33077

EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. eNfusion HSD-440 Aeronautical Satcom Transceiver MN 1252 33077

HSD-440 Users Manual

23-15-30 TITLE PAGE T-124 JUN 09eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data TerminalSystem Description, Installation, and Maintenance ManualMN-1252-33077, Revision C00This document provides configuration and operational procedures for the equipment listed below.Model PNeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal 115 V ac or 28 V dceNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal SBB Mode 115 V ac or 28 V dceNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal SBB Mode 115 V ac or 28 V dc for Multi-Channel Operation1252-A-34001252-A-3420-021252-A-3420-03
23-15-30 TITLE PAGE T-224 JUN 09PROPRIETARY STATEMENTThis document contains information which is proprietary and confidential to EMS SATCOM (EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd.). Neither this document nor the information contained within may be used for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was prepared. Neither this document nor the information contained within may be disclosed or copied without the prior written permission of EMS SATCOM. © 2007, 2009 EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. All Rights Reserved.Cabin Network Xcelerator® and CNX® are registered trademarks of EMS Technologies, Ltd. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Other product, brand, service, and company names herein are the trademarks of their respective owners.Our products are under continuous research and development. Any information may therefore be changed without prior notice. EMS SATCOM reserves the right to make improvements or changes in the product described in this manual at any time without notice. While reasonable efforts have been made in the preparation of this document to assure its accuracy, EMS SATCOM assumes no liability resulting from any errors or omissions in this document, or from the use of the information contained herein. Printed in Canada.EMS SATCOM400 Maple Grove Road, Ottawa, Ontario, K2V 1B8, CANADAEMS SATCOM Reception: (613) 591-9064EMS SATCOM Product Support: (888) 300-7415 (calls are routed to an on-call Product Support specialist after regular business hours)+44 1684 290 020 (UK)(613) 591-3086 (outside North America)EMS SATCOM E-mail Help: support@emssatcom.comEMS SATCOM Web site: www.emssatcom.comEMS SATCOM Sales and Marketing: 800-600-9759Revision TableRevision ECR Description001 N/A Draft release002 070167 Draft release to benchmark changes003 070243 Updated environmental specifications table004 070460 Updated with final softwareA00 070701 Official release to customersB00 080592 Added new part numbers, SCM installation instructions, SBB updatesC00 090725 Added updated drawing (Rev B) of 1252-E-3420. Updated Table 1-3. Updated return shipping information, Updated I-4 Satellite info
23-15-30 CR-124 JUN 09CUSTOMER RESPONSE FORMTo help us improve the quality of our product documentation, EMS SATCOM would appreciate your comments and suggestions on this publication. Please complete the following customer survey and send to EMS SATCOM at:EMS SATCOM 400 Maple Grove Road Ottawa, ON  K2V 1B8E-mail: techdocs@emssatcom.comPublication information:Customer information:Comments and suggestions:Publication number: MN-1252-33077Publication title: eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal System Description, Installation, and Maintenance ManualLatest issue date: 24 JUN 09Document revision: C00Name:Company:Tel:Fax:Email:Date:Comments:
23-15-30 CR-224 JUN 09Blank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 RR-124 JUN 09RECORD OF REVISIONSWhen revisions are received, insert revised pages, record the date, and initial.Revision Number Issue Date Date InsertedInserted by (initial)Revision Number Issue Date Date InsertedInserted by (initial)
23-15-30 RR-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 SBL-124 JUN 09SERVICE BULLETIN LISTService Bulletin Number Subject Manual Rev. Number Manual Rev. Date1252-SB-3410 Upgrade Software Certification to Level D B00 22 July 081252-SB-3411 Upgrade to Single Channel SBB B00 22 July 081252-SB-3412 HSD-440 SBB Upgrade to Level D Certification C00 24 June 091252-SB-3413 Transceiver Software MOD To Enable Smith MCDU C00 24 June 091252-SB-3415 HSD 440 NTWK Upgrade C00 24 June 091252-SB-3416 Update HSD ORT Satellite LOC C00 24 June 091252-SB-3417 HSD-440 SBB Software Upgrade C00 24 June 091252-SB-3418 HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal (1252-A-3420) Upgrade for Network Mode (HSD-X and HSD-Xi) and SBB Priority ModeC00 24 June 09
23-15-30 SBL-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 LEP-124 JUN 09LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES* An asterisk indicates pages changed, added, or deleted by the current revision.F indicates a right foldout page with a blank back.Section Page DateTitle Page T-1 June 8, 200911-8 to 1-18 June 8, 200922-2, 2-3 June 8, 200933-29 to 3-36 June 8, 2009Service Bulletin List SBL-1 22 Jul 08Introduction INTRO-2 22 Jul 08System Description All 22 Jul 08System Operation All 22 Jul 08Installation 3-3, 3-14 to 3-32 22 Jul 08Test and Fault Isolation 4-39, 4-46, 4-50 to 4-55 22 Jul 08Installation and Planning Checklist All 22 Jul 08Service Bulletin List SBL-1 24 JUN 09System Description 1-2, 1-14, 1-15 24 JUN 09System Operation 2-9, 2-14 24 JUN 09Installation 3-10, 3-29, 3-31 24 JUN 09Test and Fault Isolation 4-2 24 JUN 09Maintenance and Repair 5-3 24 JUN 09Appendix A A-4 24 JUN 09
23-15-30 LEP-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-124 JUN 09TABLE OF CONTENTSINTRODUCTION1. Illustration of Equipment............................................................................... INTRO-22. Product Terms and Conditions .................................................................... INTRO-23. Reference Documents................................................................................... INTRO-24. Acronyms and Abbreviations....................................................................... INTRO-35. Safety Advisories........................................................................................... INTRO-6SYSTEM DESCRIPTION1. Inmarsat System Overview.................................................................................... 1-12. Equipment Overview .............................................................................................. 1-33. Equipment Specifications...................................................................................... 1-44. Software Description.............................................................................................. 1-8A. Software Specifications.................................................................................................... 1-8B. Operational Software Part Numbers ................................................................................ 1-85. Mechanical Description.......................................................................................... 1-96. Electrical Description............................................................................................. 1-97. System Interfaces................................................................................................. 1-10A. Source Destination Identification (SDI) ..........................................................................  1-11B. ICAO IDs and Forward IDs ............................................................................................  1-11C. Weight-On-Wheel (WOW) Pin Wiring............................................................................ 1-12D. IRS ARINC 429 Interface............................................................................................... 1-12E. Antenna Interface........................................................................................................... 1-12F. Owner’s Requirements Table (ORT)............................................................................... 1-12G. CMU............................................................................................................................... 1-13H. MCDU ............................................................................................................................ 1-13I. Antenna Subsystem RF Interface ................................................................................... 1-13J. Remote Status Panel (Optional) ..................................................................................... 1-13K. Fault Conditions ............................................................................................................. 1-14
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-224 JUN 09L. Remote Reset ................................................................................................................ 1-148. User Interfaces...................................................................................................... 1-14A. ISDN Circuit-Switched Data Interface............................................................................ 1-14B. Ethernet Data Interfaces ................................................................................................ 1-15C. ISDN S/T Interface......................................................................................................... 1-16D. POTS Tip/Ring Interfaces..............................................................................................  1-16E. Maintenance Port Interface............................................................................................ 1-169. Initiated Self-Test.................................................................................................. 1-1610. Modes of Operation............................................................................................ 1-17SYSTEM OPERATION1. Registering and Activating Terminals .................................................................. 2-1A. Preparing Terminal Information........................................................................................ 2-1(1) Obtaining ISNs............................................................................................................ 2-1(2) Identifying the Service Category and Terminal Type...................................................  2-2B. Obtaining ICAO Addresses.............................................................................................. 2-2C. Choosing Service Providers ............................................................................................ 2-2D. Registering Terminals ......................................................................................................  2-32. Configuring Terminals ........................................................................................... 2-3A. Setting up Airborne Networks .......................................................................................... 2-3B. Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services .......................................................................  2-3(1) IMNs............................................................................................................................ 2-4(2) MSNs .......................................................................................................................... 2-5C.  Understanding CMU Messages...................................................................................... 2-6D. Configuring Terminal Categories ..................................................................................... 2-6E. Configuring the APN (Access Point Name) ..................................................................... 2-7F. Configuring LES Access Codes ....................................................................................... 2-7(1) Changing LES Access Codes using the Control Processor Software ........................  2-8(2) Changing LES Access Codes on a Call-by-Call Basis................................................  2-8G. Configuring Forward IDs.................................................................................................. 2-8H. Configuring ORs .............................................................................................................. 2-9I. Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB......................................................  2-10J. Removing the LED Label................................................................................................  2-11
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-324 JUN 09K. Activating Configurations ...............................................................................................  2-11L. Verifying Configurations .................................................................................................  2-113. Using Terminals.................................................................................................... 2-12A. Placing Swift64 Voice and Fax Calls.............................................................................. 2-12(1) Dial Code Prefixes .................................................................................................... 2-13(2) Mobile-to-Mobile Communication.............................................................................. 2-14B. Using Data Connections ................................................................................................ 2-14C. Operating the MCDU ..................................................................................................... 2-15(1) Output Ports..............................................................................................................  2-15(2) Input Ports................................................................................................................. 2-15(3) Screen....................................................................................................................... 2-15(4) Keyboard................................................................................................................... 2-15(5) Special Symbols........................................................................................................  2-16(6) Navigating the MCDU ...............................................................................................  2-16(7) Modifying Logon Settings.......................................................................................... 2-17(8) Viewing Channel Status ............................................................................................ 2-18(9) Performing Maintenance........................................................................................... 2-23D. Cockpit Communications ............................................................................................... 2-25(1) Modes of Operation................................................................................................... 2-25(2) Accepting and Making Calls...................................................................................... 2-25INSTALLATION1. Advisories ............................................................................................................... 3-12. Pre-Installation Inspection..................................................................................... 3-13. ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors ........................................................................ 3-1A. Installation Kits................................................................................................................. 3-1B. Cabling Notes .................................................................................................................. 3-2(1) Cabling........................................................................................................................ 3-2(2) Coaxial Cable Loss Considerations ............................................................................ 3-24. Mechanical Installation .......................................................................................... 3-2A. Physical Placement.......................................................................................................... 3-3B. SCM Installation............................................................................................................... 3-3C. Environmental Requirements........................................................................................... 3-4
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-424 JUN 09(1) Heating and Cooling.................................................................................................... 3-4(2) Fan Tray Requirements .............................................................................................. 3-4D. Chassis Grounding ..........................................................................................................  3-55. Electrical Installation.............................................................................................. 3-5A. Stand-Alone Mode Installation ......................................................................................... 3-5(1) Cabling and Connector Requirements........................................................................  3-5(2) Installation Wiring Notes ............................................................................................. 3-7(3) Connection Details.................................................................................................... 3-176. Installation and Engineering Diagrams .............................................................. 3-17A. Outline and Installation Diagrams ..................................................................................  3-17B. Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawings ...................................................... 3-177. Connection Details ............................................................................................... 3-18A. Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details ..........................................................................  3-18TEST AND FAULT ISOLATION1. Operational and Diagnostic Testing ..................................................................... 4-1A. General ............................................................................................................................  4-1B. Test and Fault Isolation Equipment Requirements ..........................................................  4-1C. Terminal MPU .................................................................................................................. 4-2(1) General Overview ....................................................................................................... 4-2(2) Connection Requirements...........................................................................................  4-3(3) Accessing the MPU..................................................................................................... 4-5(4) Using the Terminal MPU ............................................................................................. 4-5(5) Menu Item Descriptions .............................................................................................. 4-6(6) Report Descriptions................................................................................................... 4-17(7) Activating Maintenance Reports ...............................................................................  4-20D. Fault Definitions.............................................................................................................  4-23E. Operational and Diagnostic Test Procedures................................................................. 4-23
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-524 JUN 09(1) General ..................................................................................................................... 4-23(2) Test Setup Procedure................................................................................................ 4-24(3) Post Test ................................................................................................................... 4-24(4) Installation and Operational Verification Tests .......................................................... 4-25(5) Configuration Parameters Verification....................................................................... 4-27(6) System Power-up Checks......................................................................................... 4-29(7) System On-Air Checks.............................................................................................. 4-32(8) Antenna Tracking Checks......................................................................................... 4-37(9) Optional System Checks........................................................................................... 4-38F. Software Load Procedures............................................................................................. 4-39(1) Loading Channel Card Software............................................................................... 4-39(2) Loading Control Processor Software ........................................................................  4-40(3) Updating Displayed Software Versions..................................................................... 4-41(4) Verifying Software Loads .......................................................................................... 4-42(5) Disconnecting Load Equipment ................................................................................  4-432. Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation................................................................... 4-43A. Troubleshooting Practices.............................................................................................. 4-43(1) Non-specific Complaints ...........................................................................................  4-44(2) Specific Complaints...................................................................................................  4-44B. Equipment Required ...................................................................................................... 4-44C. Troubleshooting Aids ..................................................................................................... 4-44(1) Fault Isolation Screen Displays.................................................................................  4-44(2) Troubleshooting Table...............................................................................................  4-49D. Fault Isolation and Diagnostic Procedures .................................................................... 4-56(1) General ..................................................................................................................... 4-56(2) Saving a Diagnostic Reports File.............................................................................. 4-563. Adjustment/Alignment Procedures..................................................................... 4-574. Modification History ............................................................................................. 4-57MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR1. Maintenance............................................................................................................ 5-12. Repair....................................................................................................................... 5-1A. Repair Tools and Supplies ............................................................................................... 5-1B. Repair Procedures ...........................................................................................................  5-1C. Removal Procedures ....................................................................................................... 5-1
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-624 JUN 09D. Repair Facility Approvals ................................................................................................. 5-1E. Return for Repair Information .......................................................................................... 5-1(1) Warranty Returns ........................................................................................................ 5-2(2) Non-Warranty Returns ................................................................................................ 5-2(3) Repackaging Requirements........................................................................................ 5-2(4) Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Procedure.......................................................  5-23. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness............................................................ 5-3APPENDIX A: INMARSAT SATELLITE BEAM COVERAGE..................................................  A-1APPENDIX B: TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST.................................................................  B-1APPENDIX C: RJ45 CABLE TERMINATION DETAILS ..........................................................  C-1APPENDIX D: INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST.......................................................  D-1APPENDIX E: INSTALLATION CHECKLIST............................................................................ E-1APPENDIX F: ACARS/CMU MESSAGES................................................................................. F-1(1) Understanding Broadcast Messages .......................................................................... F-1(2) Understanding BOP Messages................................................................................. F-10APPENDIX G: INTERNATIONAL ACCESS AND COUNTRY CODES....................................  G-1APPENDIX H: INMARSAT CAUSE CODES ............................................................................  H-1
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-724 JUN 09LIST OF FIGURESFigure INTRO-1 HSD-440 Terminal................................................................................... INTRO-2Figure 1-1 Simplified Aeronautical Satellite Communications System ....................................... 1-2Figure 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal Interfaces.................................................................................. 1-11Figure 1-3 ISDN Connection Options ....................................................................................... 1-15Figure 2-1 Dialing-Sequence Components............................................................................... 2-12Figure 2-2 MCDU Screen ......................................................................................................... 2-15Figure 2-3 MCDU Menus.......................................................................................................... 2-16Figure 2-4 SATCOM AERO LOGON Menu .............................................................................. 2-17Figure 2-5 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 2)............................................................................. 2-19Figure 2-6 SATCOM AERO STATUS Menu............................................................................. 2-19Figure 2-7 SATCOM HSD STATUS Menu ............................................................................... 2-20Figure 2-8 SATCOM AERO CARD2 CH1 STAT Menu ............................................................ 2-20Figure 2-9 SATCOM HSD CARD1 CH1 STAT Menu............................................................... 2-21Figure 2-10 SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG Menu .................................................................... 2-24Figure 2-11 SATCOM DIAG Menu ........................................................................................... 2-25Figure 2-12 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2).................................................................... 2-26Figure 2-13 SATCOM TEL DIR Menu ...................................................................................... 2-28Figure 2-14 SATCOM TEL CAT 1 (Page 1 of 20)..................................................................... 2-29Figure 2-15 SATCOM ENTRY Menu (Page 1 of 100) .............................................................. 2-29Figure 2-16 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2).................................................................... 2-30Figure 3-1 HSD-440 Terminal SCM............................................................................................ 3-3Figure 3-2 Fan Tray Plug Configuration (black = installed, white = removed)............................ 3-5Figure 3-3 ICAO ID, Hex to Binary Conversion ....................................................................... 3-10Figure 3-4 Remote Reset Circuit Switch................................................................................... 3-11Figure 3-5 Remote LED Panel Circuit....................................................................................... 3-12Figure 3-6 RJ45 Connector Terminator Details ........................................................................ 3-13Figure 3-7 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram (1252-E-3400, Rev B)............................................................................................................... 3-25Figure 3-8 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram  (1252-E-3400, Rev B).............................................................................................................. 3-27Figure 3-9 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram  (1252-E-3420, Rev B).............................................................................................................. 3-29Figure 3-10 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram  (1252-E-3420, Rev B).............................................................................................................. 3-31
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-824 JUN 09Figure 3-11 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing (1252-B-3110, Rev D)............................................................................................................... 3-33Figure 3-12 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing (1252-B-3110, Rev D)............................................................................................................... 3-35Figure 4-1 Remote Connection, Maintenance Cable.................................................................. 4-4Figure 4-2 Direct Connection, Maintenance Cable.....................................................................  4-4Figure 4-3 Menu 1 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-6Figure 4-4 Menu 2 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-7Figure 4-5 Menu 3 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-8Figure 4-6 Menu 3—Item M: Miscellaneous Parameters ......................................................... 4-10Figure 4-7 Menu 4 Screen Display ........................................................................................... 4-12Figure 4-8 Menu 10 Screen Display ......................................................................................... 4-13Figure 4-9 Menu 13 Screen Display ......................................................................................... 4-15Figure 4-10 Menu 14 Screen Display .......................................................................................  4-15Figure 4-11 Menu 15 Screen Display .......................................................................................  4-16Figure 4-12 Menu 21 Screen Display .......................................................................................  4-16Figure 4-13 HSD-440 Terminal MPU Reports .......................................................................... 4-19Figure 4-14 Example of Report 23 Output................................................................................ 4-20Figure 4-15 Example of Prompt to Generate a Report ............................................................. 4-21Figure 4-16 Example of Report 17, Channel Card 2, Channel 3 ..............................................  4-22Figure 4-17 Example of Report 20............................................................................................ 4-22Figure 4-18 Example Report 21................................................................................................ 4-23Figure 4-19 HSD-440 Terminal ORT Display Example ............................................................  4-29Figure 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Power-up Display Example..................................................... 4-31Figure 4-21 Logon Initialization Display Example.....................................................................  4-35Figure 4-22 HSD-440 Terminal Call Display Example..............................................................  4-37Figure 4-23 Successful OR Registration (report 21 activated) .................................................  4-44Figure 4-24 Failed OR Registration .......................................................................................... 4-45Figure 4-25 No Call (report 23)................................................................................................. 4-45Figure 4-26 In Call—Swift64 Voice Call on Channel 1 (reports 21 and 23)..............................  4-45Figure 4-27 No IRS Data (report 23 activated) ......................................................................... 4-45Figure 4-28 FWD ID Not in EEPROM (no reports activated).................................................... 4-46Figure 4-29 ICAO ID Not Strapped........................................................................................... 4-46Figure 4-30 No Strap on SDI Lines, Open (no reports activated)............................................. 4-47Figure 4-31 Wrong Strap on SDI Lines (TP5A to GND) ........................................................... 4-48Figure 4-32 Incorrect Dialing Format (report 52 enabled) ........................................................  4-48
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-924 JUN 09Figure 4-33 Top/Port Antenna Status (reports 18, 19, and 20 activated) ................................. 4-49Figure A-1 Satellite ORs ............................................................................................................. A-1Figure A-2 Inmarsat I3 Satellite Beam Coverage—Composite Map........................................... A-2Figure A-3 Inmarsat I-3 Satellite Beam Coverage—OR Maps ................................................... A-3Figure A-4 I-4 Satellite Coverage Map ....................................................................................... A-4Figure C-1 RJ45 Cable Termination Details ..............................................................................  C-1
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-1024 JUN 09Blank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-1124 JUN 09LIST OF TABLES Table INTRO-1 EMS SATCOM Reference Documents.................................................... INTRO-2 Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications ....................................................... 1-4 Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics ......................... 1-6 Table 1-3 HSD-440 Terminal Operational Software .................................................................. 1-9 Table 1-4 HSD-440 Terminal Installation Drawing Reference Matrix ........................................ 1-9 Table 1-5 ARINC 429 IRS Navigational Requirements ........................................................... 1-12 Table 1-6 HSD-440 Terminal LED Output Designations ......................................................... 1-13 Table 2-1 HSD-440 Terminal Frequency Category and Type ................................................... 2-2 Table 2-2 HSD-440 Terminal Service Types ............................................................................. 2-2 Table 2-3 Service Types and MSNs .......................................................................................... 2-4 Table 2-4 MSNs......................................................................................................................... 2-5 Table 2-5 System Assignments for Incoming Calls ................................................................... 2-6 Table 2-6 Inmarsat Swift64 LES Operator and Access Codes .................................................. 2-8 Table 2-7 Ocean Regions Supporting SBB ............................................................................... 2-9 Table 2-8 Dial Code Prefixes for Forcing Service Type Selection........................................... 2-13 Table 2-9 Dial Code Prefixes for System Overrides ................................................................ 2-14 Table 2-10 Satellite OR Codes ................................................................................................ 2-14 Table 2-11 OR Numbers.......................................................................................................... 2-27 Table 2-12 Priority Codes ........................................................................................................ 2-27 Table 2-13 Priority Codes ........................................................................................................ 2-31 Table 3-1 Installation Kits........................................................................................................... 3-2 Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications ....................................................... 3-6 Table 3-3 RF Parameters Definitions......................................................................................... 3-8 Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table.............................................................................................. 3-8 Table 3-5 RJ45 Wiring Details ................................................................................................. 3-13 Table 3-6 Configuration Pin Summary..................................................................................... 3-14 Table 3-7 System Pin Strapping .............................................................................................. 3-14 Table 3-8 HSD-440 Terminal to BSU Interconnects ................................................................ 3-15 Table 3-9 CMU Interface Wiring .............................................................................................. 3-15 Table 3-10 MCDU Interface Wiring.......................................................................................... 3-16 Table 3-11 Call Light Activation Configuration Strapping ........................................................ 3-16 Table 3-12 Hookswitch Configuration Strapping...................................................................... 3-16 Table 3-13 Priority 4 Call Configuration Strapping................................................................... 3-17
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-1224 JUN 09 Table 3-14 Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice........................................................ 3-17 Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details..............................................................  3-18 Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details .........................................................  3-21 Table 3-17 ARINC 600 Bottom Plug Connection Details......................................................... 3-23 Table 4-1 List of Required Test Equipment ...............................................................................  4-2 Table 4-2 List of Optional Test Equipment ................................................................................  4-2 Table 4-3 Remote Connection Cabling...................................................................................... 4-3 Table 4-4 Direct Connection Cabling.........................................................................................  4-3 Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings ................................................................................... 4-4 Table 4-6 Menu 1 Item Descriptions..........................................................................................  4-7 Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions..........................................................................................  4-7 Table 4-8 Menu 3 Item Descriptions..........................................................................................  4-9 Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions.................................................  4-10 Table 4-10 Menu 4 Item Descriptions......................................................................................  4-13 Table 4-11 Menu 10 Item Descriptions....................................................................................  4-14 Table 4-12 Menu 13 Item Descriptions....................................................................................  4-15 Table 4-13 Menu 15 Item Descriptions....................................................................................  4-16 Table 4-14 Menu 21 Item Descriptions....................................................................................  4-17 Table 4-15 Report 23 Item Descriptions ..................................................................................  4-21 Table 4-16 Reports 8 and 20 Descriptions .............................................................................. 4-22 Table 4-17 Report 21 Item Descriptions ..................................................................................  4-23 Table 4-18 Test Setup Procedure............................................................................................  4-24 Table 4-19 Post Test Procedure.............................................................................................. 4-25 Table 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Mechanical Verification...........................................................  4-25 Table 4-21 HSD-440 Terminal Electrical Verification Checklist...............................................  4-26 Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation ...................................................................... 4-50 Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices .................................................... F-1 Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences ........................................................................................ F-2 Table F-3 Bits 9 and 10 Positions.............................................................................................. F-3 Table F-4 ICAO Address Words One and Two Labels.............................................................. F-3 Table F-5 FWD ID Address Word One Labels .......................................................................... F-4 Table F-6 Time Clock Time Word Format ................................................................................. F-4 Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format.................................................................................. F-4 Table F-8 HSD-440 Terminal Transmission Rates.................................................................... F-5 Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits..................................................................................................... F-6
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-1324 JUN 09 Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits .............................................................................................. F-8 Table F-11 Fault Summary Word 1 Bits .................................................................................... F-9 Table F-12 Fault Summary Word 2 Bits .................................................................................. F-10 Table F-13 BOP Events........................................................................................................... F-10 Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1............................................................. F-10 Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 ............................................................ F-11 Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults ............................................................................................. F-12 Table F-17 BOP Word Format................................................................................................. F-13 Table F-18 GFI Definitions....................................................................................................... F-14 Table F-19 Word Types ........................................................................................................... F-15 Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses...................................................................................... F-15 Table F-21 Data Types ............................................................................................................ F-17 Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes ................................................................  G-1 Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions ............................................................................  H-1
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 TC-1424 JUN 09Blank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 INTRO-124 JUN 09INTRODUCTIONThis manual provides the specifications, principles of operation, and information necessary to install an eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal in Stand-Alone Mode.The information is presented in the following chapters:•System Description•System Operation•Installation•Test and Fault Isolation•Maintenance and Repair•Appendix A: Inmarsat Satellite Beam Coverage•Appendix B: Troubleshooting Checklist•Appendix C: RJ45 Cable Termination Details•Appendix D: Installation Planning Checklist•Appendix E: Installation Checklist•Appendix F: ACARS/CMU Messages•Appendix G: International Access and Country Codes•Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause CodesNOTE: An Illustrated Parts List is not included with this manual.Only qualified avionics personnel, knowledgeable in the technical and safety issues related to the installation of aircraft communications equipment, should perform the installation procedures provided in this manual. This manual includes general installation guidelines only; it is not intended to provide specific procedures for every type of installation. If necessary, the information in this manual will be revised. Before attempting the installation procedures presented in this manual, verify that you have a complete and up-to-date release of this document.NOTE: Depending on the version of software and configuration mode of installation of the HSD-440 terminal, the actual (live) system messages, such as dialog boxes and screen displays, may differ slightly from the examples in this manual.
23-15-30 INTRO-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal1. Illustration of EquipmentFigure INTRO-1  HSD-440 Terminal2. Product Terms and ConditionsAs stipulated in the Terms and Conditions of Sale, which accompanied the Product, EMS SATCOM shall not at any time be liable for the activation, continuation, or cancellation of satellite airtime services relating to the Product nor be responsible for any Product-related airtime or network charges, however incurred. In the event EMS SATCOM is charged network or airtime fees relating to the customer’s use of the Product, the customer shall immediately upon notification by EMS SATCOM reimburse EMS SATCOM in full for such charges.3. Reference Documents Table INTRO-1  EMS SATCOM Reference DocumentsDocument Title EMS SATCOM Publication NumberGuidance for Aircraft Electrical Power Utilization and Transient Protection ARINC 741. ARINC Report 413A—Attachment 3-2, Wire Shielding and Grounding Requirements and Appendix 7eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal Pilot’s Guide MN-1252-33138eNfusion™ HSD High-speed Data Terminal Developer’s Guide MN-1252-13005
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 INTRO-324 JUN 094. Acronyms and AbbreviationsThe following acronyms and abbreviations are used in this document.AC Access ConcentratorACP Audio Control PanelACSE Access Control and Signalling EquipmentACU Antenna Control Unit (also known as BSU or Driver)AERO AeronauticalAES Aircraft Earth StationAMBE Advanced Multi-Band ExcitementAORE Atlantic Ocean Region-EastAORW Atlantic Ocean Region-WestAPN Access Point NameATC Air Traffic ControlAWG American Wire GaugeBGAN Broadband Global Area NetworkBITE Built-In Test EquipmentBOP Bit Oriented Protocolbps Bits per secondBRI Basic Rate ISDNBSU Beam Steering Unit (also known as ACU or Driver)C/No Carrier-to-NoiseCCW Counter ClockwiseCFDS Centralized Fault Display SystemCMU Communications Management UnitCRC Cyclic Redundancy CheckCW ClockwiseDITS Digital Information Transfer SystemDLNA Diplexer/Low-Noise AmplifierDSL Digital Subscriber LineEIRP Effect Isotropic Radiated PowerEMI Electromagnetic InterferenceESD Electrostatic DischargeEST Eastern Standard TimeFAA Federal Aviation AuthorityFET Field-Effect Transistor
23-15-30 INTRO-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFMS Flight Management SystemFRLP Forward Link PairsFWD ID Forward IDGES Ground Earth StationGND GroundHGA High-gain AntennaHPA High Power AmplifierHTML Hyper Text Markup LanguageHz HertzI/O Input/OutputICAO International Civil Aviation OrganizationICD Interconnection DrawingIMN Inmarsat Mobile NumberINS Inertial Navigational SystemIOR Indian Ocean RegionIRS Inertial Reference SystemISDN Integrated Services Digital NetworkISN Inmarsat Serial NumberISP Inmarsat Service ProvidersISP Internet Service ProviderJAA Joint Aviation Authoritieskbps Kilobits per SecondLAN Local Area NetworkLES Land Earth StationLRU Line Replaceable UnitLS line selectLSB Least Significant BitMA Mechanical Steered AntennaMbps Megabit per secondMCDU Multipurpose Control Display UnitMCU Modular Concept UnitMES Mobile Earth StationMPDS Mobile Packet Data ServicesMPU Maintenance Port Utilityms Millisecond
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 INTRO-524 JUN 09MSB Most Significant BitMSN Mobile Serial NumberMSN Multiple Subscriber NumberNAT Network Address TranslationNO normally openNT Network TerminatorO&I Outline and Installation DiagramOA Other AntennaOCXO Oven Controlled Crystal OscillatorOEM Original Equipment ManufacturerORR Ocean Region RegistrationORT Owner Requirements TablePAST Person Activated Self TestPC Personal Computer (or laptop)PN Part NumberPOR Pacific Ocean RegionPOST Power On Self TestPOTS Plain Old Telephone SystemPPP Point-to-Point ProtocolPPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over EthernetPSTN Public Switch Telephone NetworkPTT Push-to-TalkRAM Random Access MemoryREA Responsible Engineering AuthorityRF Radio FrequencyRFI Radio Frequency InterferenceRFU Radio Frequency Unitrms root mean squareROM Read-only MemoryRTN ReturnRx ReceiveS/T (ISDN) Key interfaces of an ISDN network are known as Reference Points. Reference Point T is on the user’s side of the network and allows a single TE/TA to be connected. Reference Point S is on the user’s side of the network and allows multiple TEs/TAs to be connected. Electrically, point T and point S are the same point.
23-15-30 INTRO-624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalSBB SwiftBroadbandSCM Software Configuration ModuleSCPC Single Channel per CarrierSDI Source/Destination IdentificationSDU Satellite Data UnitSNAC Single Network Access Code SPID Service Profile IdentifierSTBD StarboardSTE Secure Terminal EquipmentSTU Secure Telephone UnitTA Terminal AdapterTE Terminal EquipmentTx TransmitUSIM Universal Subscriber Identity ModuleVHF very high frequency VSWR Voltage Standing Wave RatioWOW Weight on Wheels5. Safety AdvisoriesWarnings, cautions, and notes in this manual provide the reader with the following information:• A WARNING describes an operation, procedure, or condition that, if not obeyed, could cause injury or death.• A CAUTION describes an operation, procedure, or condition that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to the equipment.• A NOTE provides supplementary information or explanatory text that makes it easier to understand and perform procedures.All personnel who install, operate, and maintain the HSD-440 terminal and associated test equipment must know and obey the safety precautions listed below. The procedures provided in this manual assume that the person performing installation or maintenance tasks is familiar with and obeys standard aviation shop and safety practices.The general safety advisories include the following:WARNING: SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST OBEY STANDARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING SAFETY GLASSES, TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY WHILE INSTALLING OR PERFORMING SERVICE ON THIS TERMINAL.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 INTRO-724 JUN 09WARNING: ASSOCIATED SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT RADIATES HIGH FREQUENCY RADIATION AND POSES A RADIATION HAZARD OF 1.6 GHZ. SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST EXERCISE CARE TO KEEP CLEAR OF THE ANTENNA'S BEAM WHILE PERFORMING OPERATIONAL TESTS OR INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PROCEDURES. DO NOT APPROACH WITHIN 8 FEET (2.5 METRES) OF THE ANTENNA DURING ANTENNA OPERATION (TRANSMISSION). DURING ANTENNA OPERATION (TRANSMISSION), MAKE SURE THAT PERSONNEL ARE EXPOSED TO A MINIMUM OF ANY REFLECTED, SCATTERED, OR DIRECT BEAMS.WARNING: TURN OFF POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY TERMINAL FROM WIRING. DISCONNECTING THE TERMINAL WITHOUT TURNING POWER OFF MAY CAUSE VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS THAT CAN DAMAGE THE TERMINAL.CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT INCLUDES ITEMS THAT ARE ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. ESDS DEVICES ARE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY EXCESSIVE LEVELS OF VOLTAGE AND/OR CURRENT. THE LOW-ENERGY SOURCE THAT MOST COMMONLY DESTROYS ESDS DEVICES IS THE HUMAN BODY, WHICH, IN CONJUNCTION WITH NONCONDUCTIVE GARMENTS AND FLOOR COVERINGS, GENERATES AND RETAINS STATIC ELECTRICITY. TO ADEQUATELY PROTECT ESDS DEVICES, THE DEVICE AND EVERYTHING THAT CONTACTS IT MUST BE BROUGHT TO GROUND POTENTIAL BY PROVIDING A CONDUCTIVE SURFACE AND DISCHARGE PATHS. USE STANDARD INDUSTRY PRECAUTIONS TO KEEP RISK OF DAMAGE TO A MINIMUM WHEN TOUCHING, REMOVING, OR SERVICING THE EQUIPMENT.
23-15-30 INTRO-824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-124 JUN 09SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThis section includes basic information about the HSD-440 terminal, including the following sections:•Inmarsat System Overview•Equipment Overview•Equipment Specifications•Software Description•Mechanical Description•Electrical DescriptionUser Interfaces•Initiated Self-Test•Modes of Operation1. Inmarsat System OverviewThe satellite communication system includes global satellite networks, Land Earth Stations (LESs), Ground Earth Stations (GESs), Aircraft Earth Stations (AESs), and Mobile Earth Stations (MESs).The LES/GES is the part of the satellite communication system that is on the ground. These numerous, international stations are responsible for routing voice and data calls to/from the MES/AES to/from their destinations around the world. The MES/AES is the part of the satellite communication system that is on the aircraft. This station includes the following components:• HSD-440 terminal• Antenna subsystem• Cabin communications system• Analog connected telephones• Cockpit voice system• Other aircraft avionicsFigure 1-1 illustrates a simplified satellite communications system.
23-15-30 1-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 1-1  Simplified Aeronautical Satellite Communications SystemSatellite communication systems provide users with long-range voice and data communication by accessing global satellite and ground communications networks.Inmarsat is an international organization that operates and maintains multiple geostationary satellites and satellite networks. The satellites that provide Swift64 services are called I-3 satellites. Each satellite is located over an Ocean Region (OR); the current OR names are:• Atlantic Ocean Region-East (AOR-E)• Atlantic Ocean Region-West (AOR-W)• Indian Ocean Region (IOR)• Pacific Ocean Region (POR)These satellites provide worldwide telecommunication services for aviation, shipping, and land-mobile terminal users. The satellites connect to ground telecommunication systems through the LES/GES. The LES converts the space segment of the communication link to a format compatible with public and private telephone and data networks. Each satellite is associated with a number of LESs that fall within its coverage.The satellites that provide SBB services are called I-4 satellites. At the time of publishing, three I-4 satellites are operating: Americas, EMEA. and Asia-Pacific.The HSD-440 terminal, in conjunction with an ARINC 741/781 High-gain Antenna (HGA), acts as an MES/AES. The combined system provides users with a data and voice communications link to the satellite network and global telecommunications system.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-324 JUN 092. Equipment OverviewThe HSD-440 terminal is a scalable, high-speed data, satellite communications terminal that provides world-wide voice and data services to aircraft through a high-speed communication link with the Inmarsat Satellite Network. The HSD-440 terminal interfaces with ARINC 741-compatible antenna subsystems to communicate with the space segment of the Inmarsat Satellite Network via L-band RF signals.The HSD-440 terminal communicates with various avionics equipment, such as the aircraft’s IRS and CMU, in order to coordinate and access a wide range of services. The HSD-440 terminal also communicates with cabin and cockpit voice and data equipment to provide phone, fax, internet connection, and other services on board the aircraft.The HSD-440 terminal also provides access to the CMU short message system. The HSD-440 terminal ensures that high-priority safety and flight-operation communication is not blocked or delayed by other types of low-priority transmissions.HSD-440 terminals contain the following:• Two (2) channel cards• Data input/output (I/O) card• Control processor• High Power Amplifier (HPA)• Universal (110 V ac 400 Hz / 28 V dc) power supplyThe HSD-440 terminal operates with a high-gain antenna subsystem to provide circuit-switched (Swift64 Mobile ISDN), packet-switched (Swift64 MPDS) services, 1 PRT channel, 1 C channel, 2 Swift64 channels, and SBB over the Inmarsat satellite communications network.HSD-440 terminals support the following services and functions:• Inmarsat Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Single Channel Per Carrier (SCPC) Service• Inmarsat Serial Mobile Packet Data Services (MPDS)• Inmarsat Aero P, R, T channel data• Inmarsat Aero C channel H+ voice• SwiftBroadband (SBB) service• Cockpit communications for ground-to-air and air-to-ground calls using the MCDUThe HSD-440 terminal is a high-speed data terminal that contains two channel cards, a high stability reference oscillator, a high power amplifier, a data processor module, and a power supply. The HSD-440 terminal receives power from the aircraft as either 28 V dc or 115 V ac, 400 Hz.The HSD-440 terminal supports one channel of Inmarsat Swift64 MPDS or two channels of Mobile ISDN 64 kbps data links, and one SBB channel. To use the SBB service, the HSD-440 terminal obtains subscriber information from a SIM card installed in the SCM. The SCM slot is located on the front of the HSD-440 terminal next to the maintenance connector.
23-15-30 1-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalThe HSD-440 terminal has three ports that support the following interfaces: EURO ISDN S/T, Ethernet (10BASE-T), and POTS. Although able to support multiple configurations depending on user needs, the following constraints apply:• EURO ISDN S/T port supports Swift64 Mobile ISDN (circuit-switched) only• 10BASE-T port supports SBB, Swift64 Mobile ISDN, or MPDS• POTS port supports ISDN (speech) or 3.1 kHz audio (fax)NOTE: Only one service type can be used at one time on an HSD-440 terminal channel card. The first channel card can support one channel of MPDS, two channels of Swift64 service, or one channel of SwiftBroadband. The second channel card supports a single Classic Aero service (Aero-H/H++).The most likely configurations include connecting a networking device such as a router or a file server to allow multiple users to share the channel(s) provided by the HSD-440 terminal.3. Equipment SpecificationsTable 1-1 lists the physical characteristics and equipment specifications for the HSD-440 terminal. Table 1-1  HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications Characteristic SpecificationCertification/related documentsARINC characteristics 600-12, Air Transport Avionics Equipment Interfaces, December 12, 1998Appendix 10 of the ARINC 704-7RTCA documents RTCA/DO-160E, Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment,  July 29, 1997HSD-440 Terminal Software RTCA/DO-178B Level DPhysical SizeHeight 19.41 cm (7.64 in)Width 25.91 cm (10.20 in)Length 36.45 cm (14.58 in)Weight 15.75 kg (34.7 lbs)Mounting information 8-MCU Tray (per ARINC 600, 8-MCU LRU)Maintenance requirements No scheduled maintenance is requiredElectrical specificationsHSD-440 terminal AC input powerVoltage Minimum: 100 V rmsTypical: 115 V rmsMaximum: 122 V rms
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-524 JUN 09Power consumption Maximum: 460 WNOTE: Of this power consumption, 400 W is dissipated internally and 60 W of RF power is dissipated externally.Frequency Minimum: 300 HzTypical: 400 HzMaximum: 800 HzFrequency band Tx: 1626.5 to 1660.5 MHzRx: 1525.0 to 1559.0 MHzHSD-440 terminal DC input powerVoltage Minimum: 22 V dcTypical: 28 V dcMaximum: 30.3 V dcPower consumption  Maximum: 460 WNOTE: Of this power consumption, 400 W is dissipated internally and 60 W of RF power is dissipated externally.Power requirementsAC 115 V ac, 400 Hz nominal, @ 4 A (460 W maximum)DC + 28 V dc @ 15.5 A (460 W maximum)Wire gauge DC power: 12 AWGAC power: 20 AWG (hot lead), 12 AWG (cold lead)Signals: Unless otherwise specified, use 22 AWG for all signal wiresGround requirements ARINC 741Circuit breakers Install circuit breakers according to the maintenance requirements of the aircraft.Heating and cooling requirementsCooling air ARINC 600Flow rate 88 kg/hr (194 lbs/hr)Pressure drop 5 ± 3 mm (0.20 ± 0.12 in.) of H2OReceive input impedance 50 ohmsTransmit output impedance 50 ohmsVSWR 2:1 maximumExternal interfaces   External parametersAntenna gain Minimum: 8 dBMaximum: 17 dB Table 1-1  HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications (Continued)Characteristic Specification
23-15-30 1-624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalTable 1-2 lists the RTCA/DO-160E environmental characteristics for the HSD-440 terminal.Antenna to DLNA loss Maximum: 0.3 dBDLNA gain Minimum: 53 dBMaximum: 60 dBDLNA noise Maximum: 1.8 dBDLNA to HSD-440 terminal total Rx total loss Minimum: 6 dBMaximum: 25 dBHSD-440 terminal to antenna total Tx cable loss including DLNA insertion lossMinimum: 1 dBMaximum: 2.5 dBDLNA insertion loss Maximum: 0.8 dB   External digital interfacesControl interface ARINC 429 high-speed (100 kbps) data busRS-232 maintenance interface (rear and front connector)19 200 kbps, N81, NoneEthernet user interface (2) 10BASE-T input and output for SBB, SCPC (Swift64 Mobile ISDN) and MPDS using Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)ISDN ISDN S/T physical interface supporting up to seven external connections to Terminal Adapter (TA) or Terminal Equipment (TE) devicesPOTS tip/ring interface (2) Plain Old Telephone System (POTS) analog interface Table 1-2  HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics  Section Environmental Condition Category4.0 Temperature and Altitude4.5.1 Ground Survival Low F24.5.1 Short Time Operating Low F24.5.2 Operating Low Temperature F24.5.3 Ground Survival High Temperature F24.5.3 Short Term Operating High Temperature F24.5.4 Operating High Temperature F24.5.5 In Flight Loss of Cooling Z4.6.1 Altitude Test F2 Table 1-1  HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications (Continued)Characteristic Specification
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-724 JUN 094.6.2 Decompression Test A2 4.6.3 Over Pressure Test A2 (modified)5.3.1 Temperature Variation B6.3.2 Humidity B (modified)7.0 Operational Shock and Crash Safety B7.2.1 Operational Shock B7.3 Crash Safety Impulse B7.3.2 Crash Safety Sustained B8.0 Vibration—Fixed Wing S (CURVE B)8.4 Vibration—Heli U (CURVE G)9.7.2 Explosive Atmosphere E (modified)10.0 Waterproofness X11.0 Fluids Susceptibility X12.412.5Sand and Dust X13.0 Fungus Resistance F14.3.6 Salt Fog S15.3 Magnetic Effect Z16.0 Power Input16.6.1.1 DC Input BZ16.6.1.1 Emergency Operation BZ16.6.1.2 Ripple Voltage BZ16.6.1.3 Momentary Power Interruptions BZ16.6.1.4 Normal Surge Voltage BZ16.6.1.5 Engine Starting Under voltage Operation BZ16.6.2.1 Abnormal Voltage Steady State BZ16.6.2.3 Momentary Under Voltage Operation BZ16.6.2.4 Abnormal Surge Voltage BZ16.5.1.1 AC Input A(WF)H16.5.1.2 Voltage Modulation A(WF)H16.5.1.3 Frequency Modulation A(WF)H16.5.1.4 Momentary Power Interruptions A(WF)H16.5.1.5 Normal Surge Voltage A(WF)H16.5.1.6 Normal Frequency Variations A(WF)H16.5.1.7 Voltage DC Content A(WF)H16.5.1.8 Harmonic Distortion A(WF)H Table 1-2  HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics (Continued) Section Environmental Condition Category
23-15-30 1-824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal4. Software DescriptionThis section describes the software specifications and operational software components of HSD-440 terminals.A. Software SpecificationsThe software meets the following DO-178B standards:• Swift64 to Level D• Classic Aero voice and data to Level D• SwiftBroadband to Level EB. Operational Software Part NumbersTable 1-3 provides a list of software part numbers for the HSD-440 terminal.16.5.2.1 Abnormal Operating Conditions A(WF)H16.5.2.2 Momentary Under Voltage Operation A(WF)H16.5.2.3 Abnormal Surge Voltage A(WF)H17.4 Voltage Spike A18.0 Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility [K(WF)Z]19.3 Induced Signal Susceptibility ZW20.0 Radio Frequency SusceptibilityConducted Susceptibility RRadiated Susceptibility R21.0 Emission of RF EnergyConducted (Power Lines) BConducted RF Emission BRadiated RF Emission B22.0 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility A3J33 (modified)23.0 Lightning Direct Effects X24.0 Icing X25.0 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) A (modified)26.0 Fire Flammability C Table 1-2  HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics (Continued) Section Environmental Condition Category
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-924 JUN 095. Mechanical DescriptionThe HSD-440 terminal is an 8-MCU sized unit with mounting requirements according to the ARINC 600 specification. The front panel has one, socket D-Type size B (25 contacts) maintenance port connector (under protective cover) for data loading and monitoring of the terminal. Two front-panel LEDs indicate terminal status.The rear connector complies with ARINC 600, shell size 2 and has three inserts: upper, middle, and bottom. The upper and middle inserts each have one #1 coaxial contact and seventy, 22-gauge signal contacts. The bottom insert connector has contact with only positions 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 12, and 13. The rear panel has three polarization points.Figure 3-7 through Figure 3-10 present the Outline and Installation diagrams for the HSD-440 terminal. For detailed wiring information, refer to the Interconnection and Contact Assignment drawings presented in "Installation" on page 3-1 and shown in Table 1-4.6. Electrical Description"Installation" on page 3-1 describes all ARNC 600 connector contact assignments and physical details, including part numbers, insert descriptions, and polarization keying.The loading/gradient specifications for all HSD-440 terminal installations are provided in table format in "Installation" on page 3-1. These tables list all of the ARINC top, middle, and bottom plug pin designations and provide installation connection details. Table 1-3  HSD-440 Terminal Operational Software EMS SATCOM Part Number* DescriptionLI-1252-33222L1-1252-33374HSD-440 (1252-A-3420-02) Software Control DocumentHSD-440 (1252-A-3420-03) Software Control Document1252-SW-3305 HSD-440 Terminal data I/O software1252-SW-3315 Control processor software1210-A-0039 CC 11210-A-0038-03 CC 11210-A-0039 CC 21210-A-0038 CC 2Aero SBB channel card software* Software levels are not available. Table 1-4  HSD-440 Terminal Installation Drawing Reference Matrix Models FiguresALL Outline and Installation diagrams: Figure 3-7 through Figure 3-10System Interconnect: Figure 3-11
23-15-30 1-1024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalThe HSD-440 terminal contains a communications switch that supports Inmarsat Swift64 Mobile ISDN and MPDS service within an 8-MCU assembly built in accordance to ARINC 600 specifications.The HSD-440 terminal uses the ARINC 429 multi-control bus to interface with the ACU/BSU to control the RF antenna and obtain antenna-subsystem status information over the Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) lines. The HSD-440 terminal receives the required navigational data, provided by the aircraft Inertial Navigational System (INS), via the ARINC 429 IRS bus. The aircraft supplies either 28 V dc or 115 V ac 400 Hz power to the HSD-440 terminal.The HSD-440 terminal also uses an ARINC 429 bus to interface with the Communications Management Unit (CMU) and the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU).Detailed pin and connector descriptions for HSD-440 terminals are provided for all supported installation modes and configurations in "Installation" on page 3-1.7. System InterfacesThis section briefly describes the external HSD-440 terminal system interfaces, as shown in Figure 1-2, required to control, monitor, maintain, and supplement the terminal. "Installation" on page 3-1 provides a detailed description of interface connections.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-1124 JUN 09Figure 1-2  HSD-440 Terminal InterfacesA. Source Destination Identification (SDI)The SDI is provided to the HPA as per ARINC 741 specifications.B. ICAO IDs and Forward IDsThe ICAO ID is a 24Bit address that identifies the AES on the network much like a FWD ID. Each aircraft has a single unique ICAO ID.The HSD-440 terminal uses two 24-bit IDs called Forward Link Pairs (FRLPs) for the Swift64 service, which include a Forward ID (FWD ID). The HSD-440 terminal reads the first channel FWD ID from the EEPROM and performs a look-up for the second channel FWD ID.The ISN consists of the type approval number and the FWD ID address. Each FWD ID is associated with Inmarsat Mobile Numbers (IMNs), which are the numbers that a user dials from the ground to reach a terminal on an aircraft. There is a unique IMN for each of the service types (e.g., data or voice).
23-15-30 1-1224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalC. Weight-On-Wheel (WOW) Pin WiringWOW discretes indicate when an aircraft is on the ground and are used for flight data-logging purposes. These discretes are not required on the typical installation, as equivalent data indicating the aircraft is airborne is available (for example, true track and groundspeed IRS information) and supplied to the HSD-440 terminal. Note 40 of ARINC 741 specification documentation defines the requirement for WOW data.D. IRS ARINC 429 InterfaceTable 1-5 shows the IRS ARINC 429 bus labels and associated data types. For more details on characteristics, refer to Appendix 10 of the ARINC 704-7, Inertial Reference System document.In Stand-Alone installations, the HSD-440 terminal requires high-speed, ARINC 429, IRS Navigational information (as shown in Table 1-5) to compute the azimuth/elevation for antenna pointing and aircraft attitude information for Doppler correction.E. Antenna InterfaceIn Stand-Alone Mode installations, the HSD-440 terminal interfaces to any mechanically-steered, conformal-array, or phased-array antenna subsystems compatible with ARINC 741 or 781. The antenna-steering commands and status messages are communicated between the HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystem over ARINC 429, multi-control, Top/Port and/or Starboard BITE and HPA mute buses, as defined in ARINC 741, Part 1.F. Owner’s Requirements Table (ORT)The ORT preserves information relevant to the operation and configuration of the HSD-440 terminal when the terminal is shut down. Table 1-5  ARINC 429 IRS Navigational Requirements Label (Octal) Name Interval RateMin (ms) Max (ms)310 Latitude 100 200311 Longitude 100 200312 Ground speed 25 50313 True track  25 50314 True heading 25 50324 Pitch angle 10 20325 Roll angle 10 20361 Altitude 20 40
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-1324 JUN 09G. CMUEach HSD-440 terminal can be connected to up to two CMUs. The CMUs operate in two modes: it can select from a number of Satellite Service Providers rather than Inmarsat only, or it can operate with no preferred Satellite Service Provider.The HSD-440 terminal exchanges information with the CMU over ARINC 429 interfaces. The default speed is low, but you can set the speed of the buses to high in the ORT.H. MCDUThe MCDU is an interface display that lets you communicate with systems on an aircraft, including CMU and the HSD-440 terminal.At power up, the HSD-440 terminal broadcasts its subsystem identifier word, with label 172 and subsystem SAL 307, approximately once per second. The MCDU finds this label and sends an ENQ (enquiry) word to request menu text. This exchange proceeds, as per ARINC 739 requirements, to transfer data between the MCDU and the HSD-440 terminal.Once active communication has been established between the units and the menu text has been loaded to the MCDU, the HSD-440 terminal continues scanning its ARINC 429 receiving port for activity from the MCDU. The MCDU transfers information to the HSD-440 terminal one character at a time.Users can make air-to-ground voice calls with the MCDU. Incoming calls are announced by a combination of lights or chimes according to the way in which the terminal is strapped.I. Antenna Subsystem RF InterfaceThe system RF parameters, such as cable losses and antenna gain, are delimited to make sure that the HSD-440 terminal performance requirements are met. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for a definition of these parameters and their expected values.J. Remote Status Panel (Optional)The outputs to the optional remote status panel provide a visual indication of the operational status of the HSD-440 terminal; they mirror the front panel LEDs labeled as Power (LED1) and Fault (LED2), as defined in Table 1-6. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed installation and circuit requirements. Table 1-6  HSD-440 Terminal LED Output Designations LED Signal Label LED Color Indication Description LED1 Power On Green Power On: HSD-440 terminal supply voltage is active. Flashes at 1 Hz when the HPA is transmittingLED2 Fault Red  Fault: Fault condition as described in "Fault Conditions" on page 1-14
23-15-30 1-1424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalK. Fault ConditionsA failure in the HSD-440 terminal may be due to a number of fault conditions. Upon detection of a fault condition, the HSD-440 terminal activates its red, Fault LED. The potential fault conditions are as follows:• Channel card fault• HPA fault• Internal ROM fault• Internal RAM fault• Over temperature faultL. Remote ResetThe remote reset output provides an external reset function for the complete HSD-440 terminal. Pressing the momentary normally open (NO) switch resets the system's processor-card circuitry.The remote reset has the same function as pressing the test button on the front panel of the terminal.8. User InterfacesThe HSD-440 terminal can support multiple voice and data communication configurations.The most likely user configurations include a networking device such as a router that allows multiple users to optimize and share the channel capability offered by the HSD-440 terminal.The networking device must be able to decide which combination of services is required at any particular moment and activate it accordingly. Therefore, simultaneous Ethernet and ISDN connections are required.A different way to achieve this effect is for one of the Ethernet ports to carry a PPPoE virtual connection between the networking device (typically a router) and the HSD-440 terminal. Support for PPPoE is also required on the user's side. HSD-440 terminals support two Ethernet interfaces. Ethernet can provide SBB, SCPC, or MPDS services; whereas, ISDN (BRI-ST) is only capable of SCPC service.Voice and fax devices are supported by direct connection to the HSD-440 terminal via EURO ISDN telephones and fax machines or by indirect connection to a router or TA. Two-wire telephone handsets or voice devices (PBXs) may be directly connected to the POTS ports.HSD-440 terminals support two Swift64 Mobile ISDN voice or SCPC data services, one instance of MPDS over Ethernet (PPPoE), or a single SBB connection.A. ISDN Circuit-Switched Data InterfaceHSD-440 terminals connect to a variety of interface options. The physical interface for ISDN service is EURO S/T, which supports several types of connections to user equipment. HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T bus interface, which is capable of hosting up to seven external physical connections to EURO ISDN devices.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-1524 JUN 09The Swift64 channel card supports communications with two, 64 kbps, ISDN B channels on the ISDN interface. If the channels are busy or in-call, the request for service is denied.Several ISDN interface options are shown in Figure 1-3. In the illustrated example, the ISDN port is used for circuit-switched services (Swift64 Mobile ISDN) or SBB voice.NOTE: Activating an MPDS session temporarily disables the ISDN port while MPDS service is in-use.For connection to Inmarsat Mobile ISDN services, install an RJ45 interface connector in the cabin area. "Installation" on page 3-1 describes the RJ45 connector and cable termination.Figure 1-3  ISDN Connection OptionsB. Ethernet Data InterfacesHSD-440 terminals provide two Ethernet data interfaces.Each Ethernet port provides a 10 Mbps access, with a 10BASE-T physical interface. The HSD-440 terminal data I/O controller takes the PPP data stream and directs it to the required port on the channel card, depending on the type of service selected by the user. PPPoE is required on the user equipment to allow the establishment of virtual connections to either service. You can use the Ethernet ports for either SBB, Swift64 Mobile ISDN, or MPDS service.
23-15-30 1-1624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalC. ISDN S/T InterfaceHSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T physical interface that supports up to seven external connections to TA or TE devices.NOTE: An HSD-440 terminal data I/O card type 4 uses one S/T bus device connection for system use.You can install RJ45 interface connectors in the cabin area to facilitate connection to the ISDN interface. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for a description of the RJ45 connector and cable termination.D. POTS Tip/Ring InterfacesThe HSD-440 terminal includes two POTS analog interfaces. The default setting for channel 1 is 64 kbps speech (Swift64) or AMBE+2 (SBB), and the default setting for channel 2 is 3.1 kbps audio (Swfit64 and SBB), which is appropriate for fax calls. These settings can be changed in the data I/O settings using the MPU.E. Maintenance Port InterfaceThe HSD-440 terminal is equipped with a maintenance port, located on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal, with remote access also available through the rear ARINC 600 connector.NOTE: Access to maintenance functions of the HSD-440 terminal in flight is only available through the remote access port.The maintenance port provides the physical connection to a password-protected Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) that provides a system interface for users or service personnel who need to upgrade, monitor, or troubleshoot the system. The user connects to the maintenance port either through the maintenance 25-pin socket D-Sub (DB25) connector on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal or through a remote 9-pin socket D-Sub (DB9) connector via the ARINC 600 connector, as described in "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.The HSD-440 terminal supports two different end user access levels within the maintenance port architecture: End User and Field Representative. End User access is only available when the WOW straps indicate that the aircraft is on the ground."Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 provides a detailed description of the two levels of user access and the menus, report selections, functions, and system diagnostic procedures of the HSD-440 terminal MPU.9. Initiated Self-TestThe initiated self-test occurs during the power up sequence or you depress and hold down the TEST button on the front panel of the terminal for 100 milliseconds or more. The initiated self-test provides the same function as the remote reset switch.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 1-1724 JUN 0910. Modes of OperationThe HSD-440 terminal currently operates in Stand-Alone Mode only. In Stand-Alone Mode, the HSD-440 terminal controls both the internal HPA and antenna. The system supports up to two channels in multiple combinations of Swift64 ISDN and Swift64 MPDS service or one channel SBB. The maximum number of simultaneous Swift64 ISDN service channels is two.
23-15-30 1-1824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-124 JUN 09SYSTEM OPERATIONThis section provides basic information on registering and operating the HSD-440 terminal, including the following sections:•Registering and Activating Terminals•Configuring Terminals•Using Terminals1. Registering and Activating TerminalsRegistering and activating an HSD-440 terminal has the following steps:•Preparing Terminal Information•Obtaining ICAO Addresses•Choosing Service Providers•Registering TerminalsA. Preparing Terminal InformationBefore installing the HSD-440 terminal, obtain an ISN and identify the Swift64 terminal type and service category. (1) Obtaining ISNsEMS SATCOM provides ISNs for the HSD-440 terminal based on the intended installation configuration. The last six digits of the ISN are the Forward ID.When requesting ISNs, please have the following information available:• End customer name, including contact information• Purchase order number• Tail registration number, aircraft type, and serial number of the aircraft on which the terminal is being installed• Serial number of the HSD-440 terminal(s)EMS SATCOM Product Support is available Monday to Friday from 8 am to 5 pm (EST). On-call support is available outside business hours, Eastern Standard Time. Contact information for EMS SATCOM:Product Support 1.888.300.7415Product Support direct 1.613.591.3086Canada and USA toll-free Sales 1.800.600.9759Outside Canada and USA  1.613.591.9064Fax: 1.613.591.9120Web: www.emssatcom.com
23-15-30 2-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(2) Identifying the Service Category and Terminal TypeRegister HSD-440 terminals as Category A systems.Table 2-1and Table 2-2 list the terminal type, frequency category, and currently supported service types for the HSD-440 terminal stand-alone mode installations.B. Obtaining ICAO AddressesObtain your ICAO address from your local aeronautical authority. Your service provider will require this address when you register.C. Choosing Service ProvidersContact Inmarsat for an up-to-date list of Inmarsat Service Providers using the following contact information: Inmarsat 99 City Road, London EC1Y 1AXTel: +44 20 7728 1000 Fax: +44 20 728 1044Customer Care Tel: +44 20 7728 1777  Fax: +44 20 7728 1142 Email: customer_care@inmarsat.comWeb address: www.inmarsat.com Table 2-1  HSD-440 Terminal Frequency Category and TypeService Type Inmarsat Frequency Category Terminal Type ApprovalSwift64 Category A 76ES10SBB Category A B6ES04 Table 2-2  HSD-440 Terminal Service TypesService Type  Supported ServicesClassic C-channel Voice P/R/T DataSwift64 64 kbps Speech 3.1 kHz Audio 56 kbps Data 64 kbps UDI MPDSSwiftBroadband 3.1 kHz Audio 56 kbps Data 64 kbps UDI AMBE+2 Packet-switched services: Background (up to 432 kbps), Streaming (32 kbps, 64 kbps, 128 kbps)
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-324 JUN 09D. Registering TerminalsContact your Inmarsat service provider and ask for a Registration for service activation of Aircraft Earth Station form. With this form, you can register for both Swift64 services and Aero H+ services. Both of these activations are required for the terminal to operate. The services available depend on your service provider.To complete the registration form, the following information is needed: • Customer information (address and contact information)• Service provider details (obtained from your ISP)• System and terminal information (terminal type, manufacturer, model number, serial number of terminal)• ICAO 24 bit technical address for Aero H+ services• ISN for Swift64 services• Aircraft information (tail number, fuselage/airframe number, manufacturer and model, and country of registration)• List of services required (e.g., Swift64 Mobile ISDN, Aero H+ data-2)To register for SBB services, request an SBB Activation form from your service provider.2. Configuring TerminalsThis section provides basic information about configuring HSD-440 terminals for operation with user devices.You can follow the procedures in the following sections to configure the HSD-440 terminal:•"Setting up Airborne Networks" on page 2-3•"Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services" on page 2-3•"Configuring Terminal Categories" on page 2-6•“Configuring the APN (Access Point Name)” on page 2-7•"Configuring LES Access Codes" on page 2-7•“Configuring ORs” on page 2-9•“Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB” on page 2-10•“Removing the LED Label” on page 2-11•"Activating Configurations" on page 2-11•"Verifying Configurations" on page 2-11A. Setting up Airborne NetworksFor information about setting up airborne networks, refer to the eNfusion™ High-speed Data Terminal Developer’s Guide, MN-1252-13005.B. Mapping User Devices for ISDN ServicesThis section describes how the HSD-440 terminal manages ISDN traffic for user devices connected to the network.
23-15-30 2-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalHSD-440 terminals support connection to a multitude of user devices, allowing the user to customize their system. Because each equipment setup is different, the HSD-440 terminal uses routing codes to make sure that incoming calls (whether data or voice) reach the appropriate device. These same routing codes also direct outgoing calls to the appropriate Swift64 service type supported by the Inmarsat Satellite Communications Network (3.1 kHz audio, 64 kbps speech, 64 kbps data, or 56 kbps data).The physical interface for ISDN service is EURO S/T, which supports several types of connections to user equipment. HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T (BRI) Bus interface.The ISDN bus is capable of hosting up to 8 EURO ISDN physical devices.The channel card provides two Swift64 channels. If the channels are busy or in-call, the request for service is denied (the system is busy).Refer to Table 2-3, Table 2-4, and Table 2-5 for the default MSNs assigned within the HSD-440 terminal.NOTE: IMNs shown are examples only. Actual IMNs may not be assigned in numerical sequence.(1) IMNsIMNs are unique routing numbers that act similarly to telephone numbers. IMNs are assigned by Inmarsat to each service type (64 kbps speech, 3.1 kHz audio, 56 kbps data, and 64 kbps data).When registering your system, request IMNs for each service-type device attached to the HSD-440 terminal on the Service Activation form. Although the service provider may support an unlimited number of IMNs assigned to a particular system, the number of physical connections available on a system defines the number of IMNs supported.NOTE: To get assigned extra or multiple IMNs per service type, you must request them from your service provider when filling out your service registration and application form. Table 2-3  Service Types and MSNs Service Type IMN MSN64 kbps speech 60xxxxxx1 (See Note below) MSN 4011. Not a supported SBB service type.3.1 kHz audio 60xxxxxx2 MSN 2056 kbps data 60xxxxxx3 MSN 3064 kbps data 60xxxxxx460xxxxxx560xxxxxx6MSN 102MSN 112MSN 1222. Not used for SBB services.AMBE+2 Default SBB service—no MSN required
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-524 JUN 09The numbering of IMNs varies from one type of Inmarsat service to another. For troubleshooting purposes, understanding the IMN format can assist in verifying that the correct service type is assigned to connecting devices. Inmarsat IMNs (for this type of terminal) use the following nine-digit format:IMN Format: T1- T2- X1- X2 -X3 -X4 -X5- X6- X7Numerical Example:600221989 (for 64 kbps data)T1 and T2 are two-digit identifiers for Inmarsat service types. X1 through X7 can be any digit between 0 and 9. The IMNs for the 56 kbps and 64 kbps service types (including ISDN speech and 3.1 kHz audio) are identified by the T1 and T2 numbers 6 and 0. (2) MSNsMSNs act as identification and routing codes for user devices attached to the HSD-440 terminal ISDN bus. MSNs identify the device on the system so that incoming calls route to the appropriate device. Each device must be assigned an appropriate MSN to identify to the Inmarsat system what type of service that device needs on outgoing calls. The MSNs also provide routing information for incoming calls. For a simplified understanding of MSNs, equate them to telephone extension numbers (where the IMN is the PBX telephone number and the MSN is the extension number).The HSD-440 terminal channel card is assigned one FWD ID and an IMN for each service type for which the system is registered with the service provider. Table 2-4 provides the list of the MSNs recognized by the HSD-440 terminal. 64 kbps data service supports multiple MSNs. The MSNs are assigned to each IMN as follows:• One MSN for the service types 64 kbps speech, 3.1 kHz audio, and 56 kbps data• Three MSNs for 64 kbps dataThe three MSNs assigned to 64 kbps ISDN support connection to three separate devices mapped to separate but similar IMNs. NOTE: Incoming voice calls will ring any phone devices not programmed with an MSN (left blank) including 64 kbps speech, and 3.1 kHz audio calls. Configure all devices (e.g., telephones, fax machines, laptops) connected to HSD-440 terminals with an appropriate MSN. Refer to the device manufacturer's user documentation for specific instructions to enter or configure the MSN. Table 2-4  MSNs FWD ID Service Type IMN MSNChannel card 1 (XAXXXX) 64 kbps speech 60xxxxxxx 40Channel card 1 (XAXXXX) 3.1 kHz audio 60xxxxxxx 20Channel card 1 (XAXXXX) 56 kbps data 60xxxxxxx 30Channel card 1 (XAXXXX)  64 kbps data 60xxxxxxx 10, 11, 12
23-15-30 2-624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalC.  Understanding CMU MessagesThe CMU communicates with the HSD-440 terminal using two types of communications: Broadcast messages and Bit Oriented Protocol (BOP) messages. Both types of communication are supported at the same time.Appendix F: “ACARS/CMU Messages” on page F-1 includes descriptions of the messages that the CMU will transmit to the HSD-440 terminal and receive from the HSD-440 terminal.D. Configuring Terminal CategoriesThis section describes how to configure the system parameters using the MPU.For this release, the HSD-440 terminal is in Stand-Alone Mode by default. The factory default for the Terminal Category is configured to 2=HW Strapping. If the HSD-440 terminal does not have the recommended hardware strapping for the system configuration, the terminal category must be configured using the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port EEPROM parameters.To configure the Terminal Category: 1. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal as described in "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1, and then power up the system. 2. To select misc. EEPROM parameters, in Menu 3, press M.The Miscellaneous Parameters list appears. The available parameters may differ depending on the version of control processor software. 3. To select the Terminal Category, type 16, and then press ENTER.The Terminal Category Menu appears. Table 2-5  System Assignments for Incoming Calls Entry Periph MSN TID Call Type Redir2ISDN NO_ID\ 91 800124 Mobile aero 64k speech3ISDN 10\ 51 800622 Mobile aero 64k UDI4ISDN  11\ 52 800622 Mobile aero 64k UDI5ISDN 12\ 53 800622 Mobile aero 64k UDI6ISDN NO_ID\ 51 800622 Mobile aero 64k UDI7Bonded NO_ID\ 51 800622 Mobile aero 64k UDI8ISDN 20\ 61 800625 Mobile aero 64k audio 3.19ISDN NO_ID\ 61 800625 Mobile aero 64k audio 3.110 Bonded NO_ID\ 61 800625 Mobile aero 64k audio 3.111 ISDN 30\ 71 800623 Mobile aero 56k UDI12 ISDN  NO_ID\ 71 800623 Mobile aero 56k UDI13 Bonded NO_ID\ 71 800623 Mobile aero 56k UDI14 ISDN 40\ 91 800124 Mobile aero 64k speech15 Bonded NO_ID\ 91 800124 Mobile aero 64k speech
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-724 JUN 09 4. To select Stand-Alone, press 1, and then press ENTER.A system message appears stating that the EEPROM has been updated. This completes the configuration of the terminal category for Stand-Alone Mode. 5. To activate the new configuration, reset the HSD-440 terminal.E. Configuring the APN (Access Point Name)The APN is the gateway between the SBB core network and the internet. To obtain the APN, contact your service provider.To configure the APN: 1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-400 terminal—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details. 2. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N. 3. To access miscellaneous EEPROM parameters, type m.  4. To navigate to parameters between 73 and 102, press CTRL + N. 5. To configure parameter 99, type 99, and then press ENTER. 6. To configure your APN, type your APN IP address and press ENTER.An EEPROM UPDATED message appears—the APN is saved in the EEPROM.F. Configuring LES Access CodesThis section describes how to configure the HSD-440 terminal with the LES Access Codes provided by your Inmarsat service provider.Inmarsat assigns each LES an access code. These access codes are used by the Inmarsat system to route calls to the correct OR Satellite and LES.NOTE: You can remove the label that covers the LES Access Codes LEDs once you have configured the LES Access Codes.NOTE: HSD-440 terminals are shipped with the factory default LES Access Codes set to 0 (zero). All HSD-440 terminals must be configured with the valid LES Access Codes provided by your ISP.NOTE: When configuring the LES Access Codes using the HSD-440 terminal MPU, the application requests the input of a Secondary LES Access Code. At the time of writing, Inmarsat has not implemented the recognition of the secondary LES value in their systems. However, a valid Secondary LES Access Code must be entered in the HSD-440 terminal. The Secondary LES Access Code must be the same as the Primary LES Access Code.
23-15-30 2-824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(1) Changing LES Access Codes using the Control Processor SoftwareTo change all of the LES Access Codes simultaneously to the same LES Access Code: 1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-440 terminal—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details. 2. Type the password maint. 3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N. 4. In Menu 3, press K. 5. Follow the application prompts, and enter the LES Access Code.(2) Changing LES Access Codes on a Call-by-Call BasisTo change the LES Access Code on a call-by-call basis in all control processor software versions:• Enter the following dial-sequence (Xantic POR LES Access Code [012] as an example only):NOTE: You can also change the LES code on a call-by-call basis using the Dial Code Prefix 901 when troubleshooting and diagnosing network problems. G. Configuring Forward IDsTo configure Forward IDs: 1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-440 terminal—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details. 2. Type the password maint. 3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N. 4. To set control processor ORT parameters, press K. 5. To configure the Forward ID, type 32, and then press ENTER. Table 2-6  Inmarsat Swift64 LES Operator and Access Codes Land Earth Station Operator  Country  OR AOR-E  AOR-W  IOR  POR Vizada USA  001  001  001  001 Stratos UK/Canada 002  002  002  002Stratos (Auckland LES)Xantic (Burum LES)Xantic (Perth LES)New Zealand Netherlands Australia 012 012 012 012901 + LES CODE + International Code + Country Code + Area Code + Telephone Number + POUND/HASH KEYExample: 901 + 012 + 00 + 1+ 613+5551212 + #
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-924 JUN 09 6. Type the Forward ID, and then press ENTER.NOTE: The HSD-440 terminal must be reset for the Forward ID to take effect.H. Configuring ORsEach OR provides access to specific services. ORs must be configured to support SBB where SBB services are available.Table 2-7 lists the regions where SBB services are available at the time of publishing.To configure ORs for SBB: 1. Connect to the HSD-440 terminal’s MPU—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2. 2. To navigate to Menu 3, press CTRL + N. 3. To see the current OR parameters, press P. 4. Press the number corresponding to the OR. 5. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default OR name. 6. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default longitude. 7. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default terrestrial network ID. 8. At the command prompt, type the letter of each satellite service accessible in that OR.You can configure the OR for two or three services. For example, asb configures the OR for Aero, Swift64, and SBB. 9. If you are finished configuring the HSD-440 terminal, reboot the system.Selection of ORs should be set to automatic. If the aircraft will not fly between ORs, one OR may be selected.To set OR selection to automatic: 1. Connect to the MPU of the HSD-440 terminal—-see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for more information about connecting to the MPU. 2. To navigate to Menu 4, press CTRL + N. 3. To set ORs, press O. 4. At the command prompt, type -1. Table 2-7  Ocean Regions Supporting SBBRegion Name Sat. Long.Americas 98.0WEMEA       25.0EAsia-Pacific 178.0E
23-15-30 2-1024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalTo select one OR: 1. Connect to the MPU of the HSD-440 terminal—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for more information about connecting to the MPU. 2. To navigate to Menu 4, press CTRL + N. 3. To set ORs, press O. 4. To select an OR, type the number of that OR.I. Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBBThe channel cards access and assign priority to Swift64 and SBB services according to the following rules:• Give priority to SBB, but access Swift64 when SBB is not available• Never permit access to Swift64• Give priority to Swift64, but access SBB when Swift64 is not availableTo configure a channel card for Swift64 and SBB 1. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD terminal. For more information, refer to “Terminal MPU” on page 4-2. 2. To access the maintenance menus, type the password maint.The password does not appear on the screen.Maintenance menu 1 appears. 3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N. 4. To access miscellaneous EEPROM parameters, press m. 5. To access channel card configuration parameters, type 97, and then press ENTER.The current channel card configuration appears. In the example below, channel card one is operating as a Type 6 BGAN (SBB) terminal that can access Swift64 services when SBB is not available. 6. To configure the operating mode of channel card one, press the key corresponding to one of the options provided. 7. To configure the HSD-440 terminal to operate as a type 6 terminal, press 6.The HSD-440 terminal can operate only as a type 6 terminal.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-1124 JUN 09 8. To assign a priority to Swift64 and SBB services, press the key corresponding to a priority setting shown below.The prompt for channel card two configuration appears. 9. To save changes, reset the HSD-440 terminal.J. Removing the LED LabelA label covers the LES Access Codes LEDs. You can remove this label once you have configured the LES Access Codes.K. Activating ConfigurationsAfter configuring the HSD-440 terminal parameters, the HSD-440 terminal must be reset using one of the following methods:• In Menu 2, press Z• Cycle the power to the HSD-440 terminal• Press the reset or remote reset button on HSD-440 terminals installed in Stand-Alone ModeWhen the reset or restart is completed, the configuration values and parameters are activated.L. Verifying ConfigurationsThis section describes how to view the HSD-440 terminal configuration parameters. To view the HSD-440 terminal ORT system configuration:  1. In Menu 3, press H.The List ORT appears.  2. Press 1 to display the CP ORT. 3. To scroll through the listing, press H.
23-15-30 2-1224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal3. Using TerminalsThis section describes how to:• Place Swift64 voice and fax calls using the ISDN interface of the HSD-440 terminal• Use the MPDS and Mobile ISDN data connections• Operate the MCDU• Operate Cockpit CommunicationsA. Placing Swift64 Voice and Fax CallsPlacing voice and fax calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international telephone call or entering a telephone number for dial-up networking data calls. Like international telephone numbers, the HSD-440 terminal dialing-number-sequence includes different routing components or codes. Figure 2-1 illustrates the required order of the dialing components.Figure 2-1  Dialing-Sequence ComponentsEach dialing sequence component serves a different routing function:• Dial Code Prefix:Use service-specific Dial Code Prefixes when sending a fax or using analog modems, or for overriding system defaults to force the system to request a specific service type. Figure 2-1 uses the Dial Code Prefix for 3.1 KHz audio service type (*82*). See Table 2-8 for other Dial Code Prefixes.• International Access Code:Use the international access code of the ground location when making ground-to-air calls. The international access code for all airborne equipment is 00. • Country Code:Use the Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) number assigned to the country of your call destination.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-1324 JUN 09• Area Code (and City Code, if applicable):Use the PSTN routing number assigned to the area (and if applicable, city) of your call destination. • POUND SIGN (#):To signal the system to send the call, at the end of the telephone dial string, press or enter POUND SIGN. Certain devices using the HSD-440 terminal may not have the function to insert the POUND SIGN at the end of the dialing sequence. For those devices, additional Dial Code Prefixes are required to override the send command requirement. Refer to Table 2-9 for more information.(1) Dial Code PrefixesAlthough the system automatically selects the appropriate service types on outgoing calls for ISDN devices, a Dial Code Prefix is required to send a fax, identify an analogue modem, or force the system to override the system defaults to select a specific service type (see Table 2-8). The system requires the Dial Code Prefix *82* for sending faxes or when using analogue modems. It forces the system to request the required 3.1 kHz audio service from the Inmarsat Satellite Communications Network. If required, use the Dial Code Prefixes to override the system defaults for selecting specific service types. Dial Code Prefixes for all service types require an asterisk (*) before and after the code number.Other Dial Code Prefixes provide system overrides required if you are using devices that cannot add a POUND SIGN to the dialing string or devices that are slow dialing. Table 2-8 provides a description of the additional Dial Code Prefixes used for system overrides for Swift64 and SBB. Table 2-6 provides a list of the LESs and their associated codes.Note: Prefix *83* is not supported for SBB. Table 2-8  Dial Code Prefixes for Forcing Service Type Selection Service Type Service Description Dial Code Prefix (Forces service selection)Speech 64 kbps  High-Speed Voice *81*AMBE+2 (SBB)3.1 kHz audio  Fax, analogue modem, STU-III, STE *82*56 kbps data  High-speed data *83*64 kbps data  High-speed data *84*
23-15-30 2-1424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(2) Mobile-to-Mobile CommunicationThe HSD-440 terminal provides a two-way link for aircraft-to-aircraft communication. Calling an aircraft requires additional information. You need to know the IMN of the device or service on the aircraft you are calling. Table 2-10 lists the SNAC and the Satellite OR number.B. Using Data ConnectionsFor information about data connections, optimizing your airborne network and selecting the service that best meets your needs, refer to the HSD High-speed Data Terminal Developer’s Guide, MN-1252-13005.Refer to the HSD High-speed Data Terminal Setup Guide, MN-1110-10048, for instructions on configuring dial-up networking connections. Table 2-9  Dial Code Prefixes for System Overrides Reason for Override Dial Code Prefix Example Dialing SequenceUse this Dial Code Prefix to override the default LES configured in the system.This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to override the default LES and use the selected LES instead. (See Figure 2-8 or contact Inmarsat for Swift64 LES codes).901 + LES CODE 901 + LES CODE + International Code + Country Code + Area Code + Telephone Number + POUND KEY 901 + 002 + 00 + 1+ 613 +5551212 + POUND KEYUse with devices that cannot produce or add a POUND SIGN to end the dialing sequence.This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to send the call after a specified delay in user input when the POUND SIGN cannot be entered.902 902 + International Code + Country Code + Area Code + Telephone Number902 + 00 + 1+ 613 + 5551212Use with slow dialing devices that cannot produce or add a POUND SIGN to end the dialing sequence. This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to send the call after a specified delay in user input.903 903 + International Code + Country Code + Area Code + Telephone Number 903 + 00 + 1+ 613 + 5551212  Table 2-10  Satellite OR Codes Code Name Code NumberSNAC 870
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-1524 JUN 09C. Operating the MCDUThe MCDU interface includes output and input ports, the screen, and the keyboard.NOTE: The following descriptions apply to a Universal MCDU. Other MCDU types may differ slightly.(1) Output PortsThe MCDU transfers its identification and commands to the HSD-440 terminal using 32 bit words and a 12-14.5 kbps output port, as defined in ARINC Specification 429, Digital Information Transfer System (DITS).(2) Input PortsThe MCDU receives identification information and display data from individual subsystems using seven input ports, as defined by ARINC Specification 429. Ports 1 and 2 are reserved for FMSs, and they operate at 100 kbps. Ports 3–7 are available for the MCDU to communicate with the HSD-440 terminal, and they operate at 12-14.5 kbps.(3) ScreenThe MCDU displays all data on the screen, as shown in Figure 2-2.Figure 2-2  MCDU ScreenThe screen is divided into 14 rows and 24 columns. The first line is usually the title line for the displayed menu. The last line, called the scratchpad, is where you can see the data you have entered on the keyboard. Between the title line and the scratchpad are six pairs of lines that correspond to the six line select (LS) keys on either side of the screen. The upper line of each pair is the label line, and the lower line is the data line. The six keys are designated left (L) and right (R) and numbered 1–6 from top to bottom.(4) KeyboardThe MCDU’s keyboard includes a set of numeric keys and a set of alphabetic keys, both of which you can use to enter data into the MCDU.The keyboard may include preset keys, such as the following:• The IDX or MAIN MENU key: this key returns you to the MCDU’s main menu.
23-15-30 2-1624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal• The CLR key: this key clears any text you type into the scratchpad.• The NEXT PAGE key: this key brings up the next page of a menu if one is available.You can program the other keys in the keyboard according to your requirements.(5) Special SymbolsBecause of space constraints on the screen, the MCDU uses a number of special symbols to indicate actions:•< and > appear at the far left or right to indicate that another menu page is available in that direction.•NUMBER/NUMBER appears to tell you which page out of how many pages you are viewing. For example, 1/2 would appear when you are on page 1 of 2 pages in total.•* appears when an action is associated with that key. For example, pushing the key beside the * could make a phone call, enter a password, or initiate a log off.•[ and ] appear around the first item in a list. Each instance of a list should be below a line item with a * beside it. You can push the key beside the * repeatedly to display the other items in the list. See ARINC 739A, section 3 and Attachment 10 for details.(6) Navigating the MCDUThe MCDU includes a number of menus, as shown in Figure 2-3.Figure 2-3  MCDU MenusThis section will help you perform the following tasks:•Modifying Logon Settings•Viewing Channel Status•Performing Maintenance
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-1724 JUN 09(7) Modifying Logon SettingsYou can control how the HSD-440 terminal logs onto the network with the MCDU.(a) Viewing the Logon StatusThe logon status defines whether the HSD-440 terminal is currently logged on or logged off.To view the logon status: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO LOGON.The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-4. The MCDU displays the log status on the line below SATCOM AERO LOGON as LOGGED ON or NOT LOGGED ON.Figure 2-4  SATCOM AERO LOGON Menu(b) Selecting GESsYou can change the GES preferences using the MCDU.To select a GES: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO LOGON.The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears. 2. Press the key next to GES until the MCDU displays the GES you want to associate with that channel. 3. Press the key next to SAVE.(c) Changing Logon ModeYou can set the HSD-440 terminal to log on automatically or manually.
23-15-30 2-1824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalTo change the logon mode: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO LOGON.The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears. 2. Press the key next to LOGON MODE until the MCDU displays the desired logon mode. 3. Press the key next to SAVE.(d) Changing Logon Satellite IDYou can change the satellite ID to which the HSD-440 terminal will log on.To change the logon satellite ID: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO LOGON.The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears. 2. Press the key next to SAT ID until the MCDU displays the satellite ID to which you want the HSD-440 terminal to log on. 3. Press the key next to SAVE.(e) Logging on ManuallyIf you have configured the HSD-440 terminal to require a manual logon, you can log on manually using the MCDU.To log on manually: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO LOGON.The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears. 2. To start the manual logon sequence, press the key next to LOGON.CONFIRM appears on the line below LOGON when the logon sequence is complete.(f) Logging OffYou can initiate the log off sequence from the HSD-440 terminal with the MCDU.To log off: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO LOGON.The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears. 2. Press the key next to LOGOFF.(8) Viewing Channel StatusFrom the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, you can view the status of each of the four channels on the HSD-440 terminal.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-1924 JUN 09To view the status menu for a channel: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-5, press the key next to AERO STAT to view the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or press the key next to HSD STAT to view the SATCOM HSD STAT menu.The SATCOM AERO STAT menu is shown in Figure 2-6. The SATCOM HSD STAT menu is shown in Figure 2-7. Figure 2-5  SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 2)Figure 2-6  SATCOM AERO STATUS Menu
23-15-30 2-2024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 2-7  SATCOM HSD STATUS Menu 2. On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to the channel for which you wish to view the status.The menu for Aero Card 2, Channel 1 is shown in Figure 2-8. The menu for HSD Card 1, Channel 1 is shown in Figure 2-9. Similar menus are available for the remaining channel cards.Figure 2-8  SATCOM AERO CARD2 CH1 STAT Menu
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-2124 JUN 09Figure 2-9  SATCOM HSD CARD1 CH1 STAT MenuOn the channel status menu (Figure 2-8 and Figure 2-9), you can view the following detailed information about the operation of a channel:• Logon status• Call termination code• Transmitter Effect Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP)• Receiver carrier-to-noise ratio• Service type• Number of bits transmitted per second (kbps)• Number of bits received per second (kbps)• Service information• Satellite ID(a) Viewing the Logon StatusTo view the logon status for AERO channels:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the logon status.The MCDU displays the logon status on the line below LOGON as either VALID or INVALID.To view the logon status for HSD channels:• On the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the logon status.The MCDU displays the logon status on the line below ORR STAT as either VALID or INVALID.
23-15-30 2-2224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(b) Viewing the Call Termination CodeThe call termination code is a two-digit number that corresponds to a call termination reason, such as a line failure.NOTE: Call Termination Code is not available for Aero channels.To view the call termination code for HSD channels:• On the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the call termination code.The MCDU displays the call termination code on the line below CALL TERM.(c) Viewing the Transmitter EIRPTo view the transmitter EIRP:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the transmitter EIRP.The MCDU displays the transmitter EIRP on the line below TX EIRP.(d) Viewing the Receiver Carrier-to-Noise RatioTo view the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio.The MCDU displays the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio on the line below RX C/NO.(e) Viewing the Service TypeThe MCDU displays the service type as an acronym.To view the service type:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the service type.The MCDU displays the service type on the line below SERV TYPE.(f) Viewing the Number of Bits Transmitted Per SecondThe number of bits being transmitted per second is expressed in kilobits per second (kbps).To view the number of bits being transmitted per second:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the number of bits being transmitted per second.The number of bits being transmitted per second are displayed on the line below TX KBPS. When a circuit switched service has been selected or configured, the MCDU screen displays no data.(g) Viewing the Number of Bits Received Per SecondThe number of bits being received per second is expressed in kilobits per second (kbps).
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-2324 JUN 09To view the number of bits being received per second:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view the number of bits being received per second.The number of bits being received per second are displayed on the line below RX KBPS. When a circuit switched service has been selected or configured, the MCDU screen displays no data.(h) Viewing Service InformationIf you have Aero service, service information includes the GES number and name description. If you have GAN (Swift64) service, service information includes the service provider number and name description.To view service information:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view service information.The MCDU displays the service information on the line below CONNECTED.(i) Viewing Satellite IDsSatellite IDs include the index number of each satellite, a mnemonic and abbreviated alphanumeric description, and the number of the spot beam that the HSD-440 terminal is currently using. To view satellite IDs:• On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which you wish to view satellite IDs.The MCDU displays the satellite IDs on the line below SAT.NOTE: All channels and channel cards must be logged into the same satellite; however, they may be operating through different spot beams.(9) Performing MaintenanceYou can modify headset configuration and initiate self-tests on the HSD-440 terminal from the MCDU.(a) Modifying Headset ConfigurationYou can modify some headset configurations using the MCDU, including the cockpit voice levels and noise insertion level.The cockpit voice level refers to the level at which the cockpit microphone transmits its signal and the level at which the headset/speaker receives its signal.Noise insertion minimizes the amount of noise modulation you hear when the GES drops its carrier in the forward direction during speech pauses.To modify headset configuration: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-5, press the key next to HEADSET CFG.The SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-10.
23-15-30 2-2424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 2-10  SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG MenuNOTE: The numbers move up and down by increments and decrements of 5. 2. To increase or decrease the speaker, microphone, sidetone, and noise insertion levels, press the keys next to DWN and UP. 3. Press the key next to SAVE.(b) Initiating a Person Activated Self Test (PAST)CAUTION: INITIATING A PAST DROPS ANY VOICE OR DATA CALLS THAT ARE IN PROGRESS.A PAST completely resets the HSD-440 terminal. The HSD-440 terminal drops any telephone calls that are in progress, and the AES drops off the Inmarsat satellite communications system. When the HSD-440 terminal reboots, updated BITE data appears on the appropriate screens in the MCDU. This is equivalent to a POST. The HSD-440 terminal performs a self-test during the power up sequence. You can initiate a PAST by pressing the TEST button on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal and holding it down for three seconds or more. You can also initiate a PAST through the MCDU.NOTE: You can only initiate a PAST when the aircraft is on the ground.NOTE: You can only access the MAINT menu if the “Allow MCDU PAST” ORT setting is enabled.To initiate a PAST: 1. On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to MAINT.The SATCOM DIAG menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-11.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-2524 JUN 09Figure 2-11  SATCOM DIAG Menu 2. To initiate the PAST, press the key next to PAST.D. Cockpit CommunicationsThis section provides instructions for making calls with the MCDU and 4-wire voice services available in the aircraft’s cockpit. The cockpit communications system operates with a headset in the aircraft’s cockpit.(1) Modes of OperationThe cockpit communication services are configured in one of two modes of operation before installation: Latched mode and Push-to-Talk (PTT) mode. These configurations are strapped at the terminal and cannot be changed without removing and rewiring the terminal.In PTT mode, a telephone number can be dialed only using the MCDU keys, not with the switches on the cockpit communication console. In Latched mode, a call to a telephone number loaded into the MCDU can be initiated using the switches on the audio Control Panel (ACP), and calls can be answered and ended with the switches and the MCDU buttons.(2) Accepting and Making CallsYou can accept and make air-to-ground and air-to-air voice calls using the HSD-440 terminal, the MCDU, the ACP, and a 4-wire cockpit headset.The way in which you can accept or make calls depends on the mode in which your 4-wire cockpit headset is strapped: PTT mode or Latched mode.(a) PTT ModeYou can use the MCDU and ACP to accept calls, make air-to-ground calls, and make air-to-air calls in PTT mode. You can make new calls or dial previously saved telephone numbers from the MCDU’s telephone directory.
23-15-30 2-2624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal1. Accepting Calls in PTT ModeYou can use the MCDU and ACP to accept incoming calls, including when another call is in progress. The combination of lights and chimes that alert you to an incoming call depends on the way in which the HSD-440 terminal was strapped during its installation.To accept a call in PTT mode: 1. To accept the call:• On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-12, press the key next to ANSWER. or• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the PTT 1 switch.Figure 2-12  SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2) 2. To end the call:• On the MCDU, press the key next to END. or• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the PTT 1 switch.To accept a call in PTT mode when another call is in progress: 1. To accept the call, on the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to ACCEPT.The original call ends.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-2724 JUN 09 2. To end the call:• On the MCDU, press the key next to END.or• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the PTT 1 switch.2. Making New Calls in PTT ModeMaking calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international telephone call. Air-to-ground telephone numbers include an international access code, country code, and area code. Air-to-air telephone numbers include a SNAC or OR and an IMN.International access codes and country codes are shown in Appendix G: “International Access and Country Codes” on page G-1.OR numbers are shown in Table 2-11.To make a new call in PTT mode: 1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, type the full telephone number you want to call into the MCDU keyboard. 2. To set the priority for your call using Table 2-12, press the key next to PRIORITY.  Table 2-11  OR NumbersOR OR numberAOR-E 871AOR-W 874POR 872IOR 873 Table 2-12  Priority CodesCall priority DescriptionEMG Emergency—used for distress or urgent callsOP-HI Operational-High—used for Flight Safety communicationsOP-LO Operational-Lo—used for Regularity of Flight, Meteorological or Administrative communicationsNON-OP Non-Operational—used for Non Safety of Flight or public phone call (cabin) communications
23-15-30 2-2824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal 3. To dial the call:• On the MCDU, press the key next to DIAL NOW.or• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the PTT 1 switch. 4. To end the call:• On the MCDU, press the key next to END.or• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the PTT 1 switch.3. Making Calls from the Telephone Directory in PTT ModeYou can make voice calls from the numbers you have saved in the MCDU’s telephone directory.To make a call from the telephone directory in PTT mode: 1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-13.Figure 2-13  SATCOM TEL DIR Menu 2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-14.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-2924 JUN 09Figure 2-14  SATCOM TEL CAT 1 (Page 1 of 20) 3. Press the key next to the entry you want to dial.The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-15.Figure 2-15  SATCOM ENTRY Menu (Page 1 of 100) 4. To load the telephone number, press the key next to LOAD TO DIAL.The MCDU’s main menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-16.
23-15-30 2-3024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 2-16  SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2) 5. To dial the call:• On the MCDU, press the key next to DIAL NOW.or• On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the PTT 1 switch. 6. To end the call:• On the MCDU, press the key next to END.or• On the ACP, assert PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the PTT 1 switch.(b) Latched ModeYou can use the MCDU and ACP to accept calls, make air-to-ground calls, and make air-to-air calls in Latched mode. You can make new calls or dial previously saved telephone numbers from the MCDU’s telephone directory.1. Accepting Calls in Latched ModeYou can use the MCDU and ACP to accept incoming calls, including when another call is in progress. The combination of lights and chimes that alert you to an incoming call depends on the way in which the HSD-440 terminal was strapped during its installation.To accept a call in Latched mode: 1. To accept the call, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch. 2. To end the call:• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.or
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-3124 JUN 09• On the MCDU, press the key next to END.To accept a call in Latched mode when another call is in progress: 1. To accept the call, on the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to ACCEPT.The original call ends. 2. To end the call:• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.or• On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END.2. Making Calls in Latched ModeMaking calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international telephone call. Air-to-ground telephone numbers include an international access code, country code, and area code. Air-to-air telephone numbers include a SNAC or OR and an IMN.To make a new call in Latched mode: 1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, type the full telephone number you want to call into the MCDU keyboard. 2. To set the priority for your call using Table 2-13, press the key next to PRIORITY. 3. Press the key next to LOAD NUMBER.The full telephone number appears under DIAL NOW. 4. To dial the telephone number, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch. 5. To end the call:• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.or• On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END. Table 2-13  Priority CodesCall priority DescriptionEMG Emergency—used for distress or urgent callsOP-HI Operational-High—used for Flight Safety communicationsOP-LO Operational-Lo—used for Regularity of Flight, Meteorological or Administrative communicationsNON-OP Non-Operational—used for Non Safety of Flight or public phone call (cabin) communications
23-15-30 2-3224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal3. Making Calls from the Telephone Directory in Latched ModeYou can make voice calls from the numbers you have saved in the MCDU’s telephone directory.To make a call from the telephone directory in Latched mode: 1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears. 2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears. 3. Press the key next to the entry you want to dial.The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears. 4. To load the telephone number, press the key next to LOAD TO DIAL.The MCDU’s main menu appears. 5. On the ACP, select CH1 SATCOM. 6. To dial the telephone number, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch. 7. To end the call:• On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.or• On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END.(c) Saving Telephone Numbers in the Telephone DirectoryYou can save telephone numbers to the MCDU’s telephone directory to use later, and you can dial telephone numbers from the telephone directory.1. Saving a New Directory EntryTo save new telephone numbers to the telephone directory: 1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears. 2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears. 3. Press a key next to an empty entry. If there is no empty entry available on the first page, press the key next to NEXT until a free entry appears.A SATCOM ENTRY menu appears for this new telephone number. 4. Type the name you want to give this telephone number into the MCDU’s keyboard. 5. To store the label, press the key next to LABEL. 6. Type the telephone number for this entry into the MCDU’s keyboard. 7. To store the telephone number, press the key next to NUMBER.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 2-3324 JUN 09 8. Press the key next to PRIORITY repeatedly until the priority you want to associate with this telephone number appears.NOTE: When you designate a telephone number as the ATC telephone number, any other telephone number that was designated as ATC loses that designation. Only one telephone number can be designated as the ATC telephone number. 9. To make this telephone number the ATC telephone number, press the key next to ATC NUMBER. 10.To save your entry, press the key next to SAVE.NOTE: The SAVE option does not appear until you make a change to the entry.2. Modifying an Existing Directory EntryTo modify an existing entry in the directory: 1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears. 2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears. 3. Press the key next to the entry you wish to modify.The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears for this entry. 4. Type the name you want to give this telephone number into the MCDU’s keyboard. 5. To store the label, press the key next to LABEL. 6. Type the telephone number for this entry into the MCDU’s keyboard. 7. To store the telephone number, press the key next to NUMBER. 8. Press the key next to PRIORITY repeatedly until the priority you want to associate with this telephone number appears.NOTE: When you designate a telephone number as the ATC telephone number, any other telephone number that was designated as ATC loses that designation. Only one telephone number can be designated as the ATC telephone number. 9. To make this telephone number the ATC telephone number, press the key next to ATC NUMBER. 10.To save your entry, press the key next to SAVE.NOTE: The SAVE option does not appear until you make a change to the entry.
23-15-30 2-3424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-124 JUN 09INSTALLATIONThis section describes the procedures required to install HSD-440 terminals on an aircraft, including the following sections:•Advisories•Pre-Installation Inspection•ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors•Mechanical Installation•Electrical Installation•Installation and Engineering Diagrams1. AdvisoriesBefore performing any installation procedures, read the safety advisories listed in the Introduction on page INTRO–6 of this manual.2. Pre-Installation InspectionBefore installing any HSD-440 terminal, conduct a pre-installation inspection of all parts to make sure that no damage occurred during shipping:• Unpack the HSD-440 terminal(s) from the shipping container(s). • Verify that the part number displayed on the shipping box and equipment component matches the model and part number ordered. If components are missing from the shipment, contact the supplier or EMS SATCOM Product Support immediately and report the problem.• Visually inspect the terminal for any shipping damage. If any shipping damage has occurred, contact the shipping carrier immediately and report the problem.• Check the HSD-440 terminal connectors for corrosion and damage. If damage is noted, do not apply power to the terminal. Contact the supplier or EMS SATCOM Product Support immediately to report the problem.3. ARINC 600 Trays and ConnectorsThis section provides detailed information on the ARINC 600 trays provided in the HSD-440 Installation Kits.The HSD-440 LRU is installed in a standard, ARINC 600, 8-MCU tray. Ruggedized trays designed specifically for installations on helicopter aircraft are also available. A. Installation KitsInstallation kits for HSD-440 terminals are available from EMS SATCOM. Contact the EMS SATCOM Sales department for more information on how to select and order the appropriate HSD-440 Terminal Installation Kit.
23-15-30 3-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalTable 3-1 lists the recommended installation kits for typical installations.B. Cabling NotesBefore proceeding with the installation of the HSD-440 terminal, read all cabling notes provided on the HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment drawings (refer to Figure 3-11 and Figure 3-12).(1) CablingWhen installing the HSD-440 terminal, follow the cabling requirements listed below:• Maximum recommended cable length is 50 feet. • LAN cables must meet flammability, TIA/EIA568-A CAT 5 requirements and conform to ARINC 628 specifications. • Wire size recommendations:•For +28 V dc HOT (BP2), +28 V dc RTN GND (BP3), 115 V ac COLD (BP7), and Chassis GND (BP8), use 12 AWG•For 115 V ac HOT (BP1), use 20 AWG• Unless otherwise specified, for signaling, use 22 AWG(2) Coaxial Cable Loss ConsiderationsWhen installing HSD-440 terminals, consider the following coaxial cable loss requirements:• Transmit cable: Maximum loss is 2.5 dB, including DLNA (typically <0.8 dB), as per ARINC 741. In installations that use a high power relay, the high power relay loss must be included.• Receive cable: For HSD-440 terminals operating in Stand-Alone Mode, the minimum loss is 6–25 dB (including any in-line attenuator), as per ARINC 741.4. Mechanical InstallationThis section describes the mechanical installation requirements for the HSD-440 terminals. The Outline and Installation diagrams are provided at the end of this section, in Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8.  Table 3-1  Installation Kits Installation Kit Name EMS SATCOM Part Number DescriptionHSD-440 Installation Kit AC FAN 1110-F-0120-01 Standard Installation Kit: Bottom AC Fan Tray Assembly and ARINC Connector (Un-pressurized Installation)HSD-440 Installation Kit DC FAN 1110-F-0120-02 Standard Installation Kit: Bottom DC Fan Tray Assembly and ARINC Connector (Un-pressurized Installation)8-MCU ARINC 600 Tray with four isolators H64-BA-15 (Barry Controls) Vibration-mount installation kit.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-324 JUN 09This section contains the information required to plan the physical placement of the HSD-440 terminals. The Outline and Installation diagrams, shown in Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8, illustrate the physical and mechanical specifications of the HSD-440 terminal.In typical aircraft installations, the HSD-440 terminal assembly fits into standard ARINC, 8-MCU mounting trays. Specialized trays that meet the requirements for installations of the HSD-440 terminals on Helicopters are also available from EMS SATCOM. All HSD-440 terminal ARINC installation trays are included in the Installation Kits. Table 3-1 describes the HSD-440 terminal Installation Kits available from EMS SATCOM.A. Physical PlacementWhen selecting a location for the HSD-440 terminal, allow for adequate spacing for the installation while providing reasonable access for servicing. Leave a minimum gap of 0.5 inches between LRUs.B. SCM InstallationThe SCM holds SIM cards that contain data for the operation of SBB services.To remove the SCM: 1. Remove the two screws from the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal. 2. Remove the SCM from the HSD-440 terminal, as shown in Figure 3-1.Figure 3-1  HSD-440 Terminal SCMTo install the SCM: 1. Insert the SCM into the slot on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal. 2. Tighten the two screws on the SCM.
23-15-30 3-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalC. Environmental RequirementsThe environmental requirements that must be considered during the physical placement of the HSD-440 terminals are based on the RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Specifications detailed in "System Description" on page 1-1.The standard mounting trays for the HSD-440 terminal offer a number of fan configuration options depending on the physical placement of the LRU in the aircraft. (1) Heating and CoolingRefer to "System Description" on page 1-1 for a complete listing of the RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Specifications for the HSD-440 terminals. When selecting an installation location for the HSD-440 terminal, consider the heating and cooling requirements listed below:• Power Dissipation (AC/DC models): 275 Watts nominal, 400 Watts maximum• Cooling Air: per ARINC 600• Recommended Flow rate: 88 kg/hr (185 lbs/hr)• Pressure drop: 5 ±3 mm (0.07 ±0.025 in.) H2O(2) Fan Tray RequirementsWARNING: FAILURE TO INSTALL AND CONFIGURE THE FAN TRAY ASSEMBLY AS INSTRUCTED MAY SERIOUSLY COMPROMISE THE HSD-440 TERMINAL'S EXTREME TEMPERATURE OPERATION.Fan tray assemblies may be shipped with or without hole-plug-buttons installed. For adequate airflow to the HSD-440 terminal subassemblies, the plugs must be installed or removed in the fan/tray configuration, as illustrated in Figure 3-2.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-524 JUN 09Figure 3-2  Fan Tray Plug Configuration (black = installed, white = removed)D. Chassis GroundingThe HSD-440 terminal tray-mounted assemblies must be electrically bonded to the airframe. Make sure that the mating surfaces are free from contaminants such as paints or other non-conductive elements. Where surface preparations are insufficient to ensure a proper bond, the use of a short, tin-coated, copper bonding strap of at least 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) in width is recommended. The LRU and tray assemblies should provide a low impedance path of <0.2 ohms.5. Electrical InstallationThis section provides electrical installation details for HSD-440 terminals. This section is divided into sub-sections that provide the wiring details for the currently supported modes of operation.A. Stand-Alone Mode Installation(1) Cabling and Connector RequirementsThis section provides general electrical installation information on power, ground, shielding requirements, and cabling.
23-15-30 3-624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(a) Power RequirementsThe HSD-440 terminal can operate from the aircraft’s +28 V dc or 115 V ac, 400 Hz (nominal) power supply. If both power sources are connected, the terminal will use the 115 V ac supply.(b) Ground RequirementsImproper grounding can lead to ground loops and induced Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) or Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). When installing an HSD-440 terminal, follow standard grounding practices for both chassis and cabling shields. Refer to "Chassis Grounding" on page 3-5 for chassis and tray grounding instructions.(c) Cable Shielding and Termination The preferred method of cable shield termination is in accordance with NEMA WC 27500:2000 and ARINC 741. ARINC Report 413A—Guidance for Aircraft Electrical Power Utilization and Transient Protection provides more detailed information in Attachment 3-2, Wire Shielding and Grounding Requirements and in Appendix 7.Unless otherwise stated, all cable shields must be connected to the closest aircraft ground at both ends of the cable and on both sides of any production break in the cable. Where applicable, terminate shields with connectors via the backshell or via a pigtail with a suitable termination to the closest aircraft ground. General aviation cable-routing guidelines apply. See Table 3-2 for detailed information.NOTE: Typically, Ethernet and ISDN cables have multiple shields; terminate each shield separately. Table 3-2  Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications Cable Function Conductor Type (Typical) Single Point Multiple Point Minimum Conductor Coverage By ShieldPower Lines Single conductor, stranded N/A N/A N/ADigital Control Twisted pair, stranded Yes 85%
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-724 JUN 09(2) Installation Wiring Notes(a) SDISDI is provided for the as per ARINC 741 specifications. Pins marked 0 are left open-circuit and pins marked 1 are strapped on the airframe side of the connector to the pin assigned as SDI Common (TP5D). For this HGA application, pin TP5B (1) should be strapped and TP5A (0) should be left open.NOTE: The logic for the SDI/WOW is explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19. This SDI/WOW logic in this case (where 0=open and 1=strapped to common) is the reverse of the logic applied to all other HSD-440 terminal connectors, FWD ID, System Config, and Data I/O Config, where 0=strapped to common and 1=open. (b) Maintenance Port InterfaceThe HSD-440 terminal has an RS-232 maintenance port interface that provides access to the MPU for data loading, system monitoring, and testing purposes. Access to the HSD-440 terminal MPU is achieved by connecting an RS-232, VT-100 terminal (PC or laptop operating a terminal emulation program) to the RS-232 maintenance port. The HSD-440 terminal maintenance port is available at the front of the HSD-440 terminal and at the rear ARINC 600 connector. Connection on the front of the HSD-440 terminal is accessible via a DB25S connector for local maintenance of the terminal. Remote access is provided for cases where local access is unavailable. For remote access, install an accessible DB9S connector in the cabin area.NOTE: The front panel and remote connections to the maintenance port cannot be used simultaneously.Serial data Twisted pair, stranded Yes 85%Ethernet data Twisted pair, stranded Yes 85%ISDN data Twisted pair, stranded Yes 85%Discrete Lines Single conductor, stranded N/A N/A N/ARF TX and RX Coaxial Yes 95%DefinitionsSingle Point: Cable shield terminated at one end only via a connector or suitable crimp terminal.Multiple Point: Cable shield terminated at both ends via a connector or suitable crimp terminal, usually at both ends of the cable and at both sides of any production break.N/A: Not applicable. Table 3-2  Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications (Continued)Cable Function Conductor Type (Typical) Single Point Multiple Point Minimum Conductor Coverage By Shield
23-15-30 3-824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalRefer to "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1 for information on how to connect and use the maintenance port, including equipment requirements, connection and cabling requirements, software loading instructions, and configuration details.(c) Antenna Subsystem RF InterfaceSeveral external RF parameters (such as cable losses and antenna gain) that must be delimited to ensure proper operation dictate the HSD-440 terminal performance requirements. Table 3-3 defines the RF parameters and their expected values.(d) WOW Pin WiringThe WOW1 and WOW2 pins are either left open circuit or connected to the airframe DC ground through a ground proximity switch. The WOW Program Select (PGM) pin is either left open circuit or connected to the Forward Address Common. The two ground states for any pin are open and closed circuit.Resolve any conflict between WOW1 and WOW2 by assuming the aircraft is in-air. The interpretation of the state of the WOW1 and WOW2 pins is defined by the state of the WOW program select pin. Refer to Table 3-4 for details.  Table 3-3  RF Parameters Definitions Parameter Min. Value (dB) Max. Value (dB)Antenna Gain 817Antenna to DLNA Loss 0.3DLNA Gain 53 60DLNA Noise Figure 1.8DLNA to HSD-440 terminal (Rx) Loss 625HSD-440 terminal to Antenna (Tx) Loss 12.5 (including DLNA loss)DLNA Insertion Loss (Tx to Antenna Port) –0.8 Table 3-4  WOW Pin Wiring Table Pin Name and Location Aircraft StatusWOW1 WOW2 PGMTP3G TP3K TP3JCLOSED CLOSED CLOSED In-airOPEN CLOSED CLOSED Not valid—Default in-air
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-924 JUN 09Use of the WOW discretes enable the HSD-440 terminal to determine whether the aircraft is airborne. In Stand-Alone Mode installations, this is achieved as the HSD-440 terminal receives speed information for Doppler correction via the INS. This makes the WOW function redundant and optional for most installations.The function of WOW has been expanded to include the ability to inhibit RF transmission when the aircraft is on the ground. Please note that this function is disabled by default and must be enabled in EEPROM. If the WOW function is disabled, normal maintenance activities should be prohibited when the system is active to avoid RF exposure. Follow normal safety procedures and disable the system before performing antenna maintenance.WOW functionality will be further enhanced with the inclusion of a Transmit Disable discrete in a planned future software upgrade.(e) ICAO IDsThe ICAO ID is strapped and the first FWD ID is entered in the EEPROM. Figure 3-3 provides an example of an ICAO ID address. This number (example: \12345654) must be converted into a binary number for strapping.NOTE: MSB is the Most Significant Bit and LSB is the Least Significant Bit.CLOSED OPEN CLOSED Not valid—Default in-airOPEN OPEN CLOSED On-groundCLOSED CLOSED OPEN On-groundOPEN CLOSED OPEN Not valid—Default in-airCLOSED OPEN OPEN Not valid—Default in-airOPEN OPEN OPEN In-air Table 3-4  WOW Pin Wiring Table (Continued)Pin Name and Location Aircraft Status
23-15-30 3-1024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 3-3  ICAO ID, Hex to Binary ConversionA pin strapped to the same potential as TP7K (ICAO address common) is considered as a logical 0, whereas an open circuit pin is considered as a logical 1.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-1124 JUN 09(f) Remote Status Panel (Optional)An optional remote status panel may be installed when HSD-440 terminals are located in inaccessible or remote locations. The installation of a remote status panel is recommended as it provides visual indications of the power and faults for each terminal. A remote reset switch for HSD-440 terminals can also be installed and located with the remote status panel. Figure 3-4 illustrates a typical wiring diagram for the remote reset circuit.1. Remote Reset Circuit Switch RequirementsHSD-440 terminals support the installation of a Remote Reset Switch circuit as shown in Figure 3-4.The HSD-440 terminal Remote Reset circuit requires less than 100 ohms between TP1K (RESET) and MP1F(COM) to be asserted and greater than 10 kilohms to be de-asserted (includes all cable and switch contact resistance).Figure 3-4  Remote Reset Circuit Switch2. Remote LED Driver Circuit RequirementsThe circuit requirements for the HSD-440 terminal Remote Status LED drivers are shown in Figure 3-5. Each LED driver circuit provides an open-drain Field-Effect Transistor (FET) interface that has a maximum continuous drain-to-source voltage of 35 V dc and drain-to-source current of 0.5 A dc. These circuits are designed to sink current to ground only. Any external lamps or LEDs connected to these driver circuits require the appropriate external voltage and series impedance to be connected.
23-15-30 3-1224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 3-5  Remote LED Panel Circuit(g) User InterfacesTo facilitate user access to the HSD-440 terminal interfaces, install the following connectors in the appropriate cabin area. 1. ISDN Interface Install an RJ45 connector in the cabin area for user connections to the ISDN interface.2. Ethernet Data Interface Install one or two RJ45 interface connectors in the cabin area for user access to the Ethernet interfaces.3. RJ45 Connector Termination DetailsDetails relating to the RJ45 cable terminations required for both the ISDN and/or 10BASE-T services are shown in Table 3-5 and Figure 3-6.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-1324 JUN 09Figure 3-6  RJ45 Connector Terminator DetailsUse LAN cables that meet flammability and TIA/EIA568-A CAT-5 requirements. Cables #922404 (4 conductor) and # 922408 (8 conductor), as supplied by Electronics Cable Specialists, are acceptable. Equivalent substitutions from other manufacturers may be used.4. System Configuration Pin StrappingThe HSD-440 terminal adjusts its configuration according to the status of several strap pins on the rear ARINC 600 connector.Configuration pins are assigned based on system mode configuration selection requirements, as shown in Table 3-6. Detailed pin assignment is shown in Table 3-7. Table 3-5  RJ45 Wiring Details SIGNALServiceEURO ISDN ETHERNET 10BASE-TPIN CABLE PIN CABLEECS OTHER ECS OTHERRX+ 3White White/green 3White White/orange stripeRX- 6Blue Green 6Green Orange/white stripe or solid orangeTX+ 4White Blue 1White White/green stripeTX- 5Orange White/blue 2Brown Green/white stripe or solid Green
23-15-30 3-1424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalNOTE: The logic for the System Configuration pins is reverse to the logic explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19.• Pins marked 0 are signaled by strapping to Address Common (TP7K).• Pins marked 1 are signaled by an open circuit-no connection.• Configurations resulting in all ones (1) are invalid.5. System Mode Strap Pins CodingThe HSD-440 terminal must be externally strapped according to its intended operational configuration mode. Table 3-7 illustrates the system pin strapping for currently supported HSD-440 terminal operational modes and configurations.NOTE: The logic for the System Configuration pins is reverse to the logic explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19.• Pins marked 0 are signaled by strapping to Address Common (TP7K).• Pins marked 1 are signaled by an open circuit—no connection.• Configurations resulting in all ones (1) are invalid.(h) ARINC 429 IRS Bus InterfaceIn Stand-Alone Mode installations, navigational information is provided to the HSD-440 terminal through the high-speed ARINC 429 IRS bus interface. Refer to "System Description" on page 1-1 for more information. The IRS bus connects through the top plug of the ARINC 600 connector to the HSD-440 terminal as follows:• IRS A to TP4J• IRS B to TP4K(i) Antenna InterfaceThe ARINC 741 antenna subsystem BSU/ACU is connected to the HSD-440 terminal as specified in Table 3-8. Table 3-6  Configuration Pin Summary Pin Number Name FunctionTP4A to D System Config 1 to 4 System mode Table 3-7  System Pin Strapping Pin StatusSystem Mode TP4A TP4B TP4C TP4DInvalid 1111Stand-Alone 0101
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-1524 JUN 09(j) CMU InterfaceData rates, voltage thresholds, and electrical interface specifications are per ARINC Specification 429. (741 p2-7 p4.7.2). The ARINC 600 wiring interconnections for the HSD-440 terminal and each CMU are shown in Table 3-9.The bus speed can be either low or high. Both the transmit and receive ports of the HSD-440 terminal ARINC 429 CMU ports operate together at either low speed or high speed. Both CMUs therefore work at either low speed or high speed, but not one at each speed. The speed is selectable by setting a flag in  Table 3-8  HSD-440 Terminal to BSU Interconnects Signal Name Signal Source Signal DestinationHSD-440 Terminal Mechanical HGA Phased-Array or Conformal HGAHPA MUTE A  Port BSU-G  TP3ASTBD BSU-G TP3CHPA MUTE B Port BSU-H TP3B STBD BSU-H TP3DBSU BITE A BSU-W(G)* Port BSU-W  TP2ASTBD BSU-W TP2CBSU BITE B BSU-X(H) Port BSU-X  TP2BSTBD BSU-X TP2DMulti-Control A TP3E BSU-T(A)Multi-Control B TP3F BSU-U(B)*Letters in (brackets) represent EMS SATCOM AMT-50 BSU pin designationsTop/Port (T/P): Refers to Mechanical (fin-mount) HGA Subsystem or Top Fuselage mounted Phased Array or Beam Steered antennaPort: Refers to Port side of Dual (side) Conformal-mount HGA subsystemStarboard (STBD):  Refers to Starboard side of Dual (side) Conformal-mount HGA subsystem Table 3-9  CMU Interface WiringPin Name ToTP1A CMU 1 Input A CMU 1 TP1ATP1B CMU 1 Input B CMU 1 TP1BTP1C CMU 1/2 Output ATP1D CMU 1/2 Output BMP1K CMU 2 Input B CMU 2 TP1AMP2K CMU 2 Input A CMU 2 TP1B
23-15-30 3-1624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminalthe ORT (instead of setting a program pin on the HSD-440 A600 connector as there are none available). If no information is available from the ORT, then the bus speed shall default to low.(k) MCDU InterfaceTable 3-10 shows the strapping for the MCDU.(l) Call Light Activation StrappingTable 3-11 shows the configuration strapping for call light activation.(m) Hookswitch StrappingTable 3-12 shows the configuration strapping for the hookswitch method.(n) Priority 4 Call StrappingTable 3-13 shows the configuration strapping for priority 4 calls. Table 3-10  MCDU Interface WiringPin Name ToTP3E MCDU input A MCDU 2 ARINC Output ATP3F MCDU input B MCDU 2 ARINC Output BMP7G MCDU 1 input A MCDU ARINC Output AMP7H MCDU 1 input B MCDU ARINC Output BMP7J MCDU 1/2 output A To both MCDU 1 and 2 ARINC Input AMP7K MCDU 1/2 output B To Both MCDU 1 and 2 ARINC Input B Table 3-11  Call Light Activation Configuration StrappingPin Number Name FunctionTP4E Call Light Activation Determines whether the call light illuminates on call activation or initialization. Activation occurs when the GES is responding to the call request, and initialization occurs the moment the call is placed. (1=Activation; 0=Initialization) Table 3-12  Hookswitch Configuration StrappingPin Number Name FunctionTP2G Hookswitch Method Determines Push To Talk (PTT) or Latched Mode (0=Latched; 1=PTT)
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-1724 JUN 09(o) Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit VoiceTable 3-14 shows the chime and light strapping for cockpit voice.(3) Connection Details"Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details" on page 3-18 provides all top, middle, and bottom plug connection details for Stand-Alone Mode installations.6. Installation and Engineering DiagramsThis section contains the Outline and Installation diagrams, and Interconnection and Contact Assignment drawings for HSD-440 terminals. A. Outline and Installation DiagramsFigure 3-7, Figure 3-8, Figure 3-9, and Figure 3-10 illustrate the physical characteristics of the HSD-440 terminal and provide installation data for the terminal. All foldout pages are odd-numbered and not-backed for print production purposes.B. Interconnection and Contact Assignment DrawingsFigure 3-11 illustrates the interconnection details for HSD-440 terminals.Figure 3-12 provides the contact assignments for HSD-440 terminals.All foldout pages are odd-numbered and not-backed for print production purposes. Table 3-13  Priority 4 Call Configuration StrappingPin Number Name FunctionTP4F Inhibit Priority 4 Calls Determines whether priority 4 calls are inhibited. When these calls are inhibited, incoming calls at priority 4 are not allowed, and outgoing priority 4 calls are elevated to the next priority and then placed. (1=Uninhibited; 0=Inhibited) Table 3-14  Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit VoiceTP4G TP4H Lights ChimeStrapped Strapped SpareStrapped Open Steady Multi-stroke (chime sounds every 0.5 to 1 second)Open Strapped Flashing Single-stroke (chime sounds once)Open Open Steady Single-stroke
23-15-30 3-1824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal7. Connection DetailsThis section includes connection details for the HSD-440 terminal operating in Stand-Alone Mode.A. Stand-Alone Mode Connection DetailsTable 3-15, Table 3-16, and Table 3-17 show the top, middle, and bottom plug connection details for HSD-440 terminals operating in Stand-Alone Mode. Table 3-15  ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details I/O From Top PlugSignal Name To DescriptionI1A CMU 1 Input A CMU 1 TP1A CMU 1 RX AI1B CMU 1 Input B CMU 1 TP1B CMU 1 RX BO1C CMU 1/2 Output A CMU 1 and 2 Tx AO1D CMU 1/2 Output BCMU 1 and 2 Tx BI1E ARINC 615 Input A ARINC 615 Data LoaderI1F ARINC 615 Input BO1G ARINC 615 Output AO1H ARINC 615 Output BI1J ARINC 615 Link AO1K ARINC 615 Link B (GND)I2A BSU Top/Port BITE A(See Note 1)Mech. Steered Antenna (MA): BSU, Pin G or W or Other Antenna (OA): BSU, PORT-W and Starboard-P ARINC Tx-HI BITE from BSUI2B BSU Top/Port BITE B MA: BSU, Pin H or X, or OA: BSU, PORT-X and STBD-RARINC Tx-LO BITE from BSUI2C BSU Starboard (STBD) BITE A MA: Not required OA: BSU, PORT-P and STBD-WARINC Tx-HI BITE from BSUI2D BSU STBD BITE B MA: Not required OA: BSU, PORT-R and STBD-XARINC Tx-LO BITE from BSUO2E CMC Output A CMCO2F CMC Output B CMCI2G Hookswitch methodI2H CMC Input AI2J CMC Input B
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-1924 JUN 09I3A Top/Port HPA MUTE A MA: Not required OA: BSU, PORT-G HPA Mute-A, Port BSUI2K Remote Reset Normally open momentary switch-open side. (Closed side to MP1F)Remote System ResetI3A Top/Port HPA MUTE A MA: Not required OA: BSU, PORT-H HPA Mute-A, Port BSUI3B Top/Port HPA MUTE B MA: Not required OA: BSU, PORT-H HPA Mute-B, Port BSUI3C STBD HPA MUTE A MA: Not required OA: BSU, STBD G HPA Mute-A, STBD BSUI3D STBD HPA MUTE B MA: Not required OA: BSU, STBD-H HPA Mute-B, STBD BSUO3E Multi-Control A MA: BSU, Pin A or T, or OA: BSU, PORT-T and STBD-TMulti-Control-HI to HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystemO3F Multi-Control B MA: BSU, Pin B or U, or OA: BSU, PORT-U and STBD-UMulti-Control-LO to HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystemI3G WOW 1 TP3G Weight On Wheel, as defined in Note 40 of ARINC 741, Part 1. Refer to Section 8.D WOW Pin WiringI3J WOW Program Select TP3JI3K WOW 2 TP3KI4A, 4B, 4C, 4DSystem Config 1 to 4 4A and 4C=0 (TP7K common), 4B and 4D=1(Open)Stand-Alone ModeI4E Call light activationI4F Priority 4 Calls Inhibit Priority 4 calls to/from Cockpit. All priority 4 A to G calls will have priority elevated to 3.I4G Chime/light option MSI4H Chime/light option LSI4J IRS-A Aircraft main IRS IRS 429 data, Rx HII4K IRS-B Aircraft main IRS IRS 429 data, Rx LOI5A SDI 1 Not connectedI5B SDI 2 SDI common (TP5D) HPA Select Code for HGAI5C Spare 1 Input AI5D SDI Common SDI 2 (TP5B) SDI Common Table 3-15  ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details (Continued)I/O From Top PlugSignal Name To Description
23-15-30 3-2024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalI5E Spare 1 Input BI5F ICAO Address, BIT 24 1 = no connection0 = common (TP7K)I5G ICAO Address, BIT 23I5H ICAO Address, BIT 22I5J ICAO Address, BIT 21I5K ICAO Address, BIT 20I6A ICAO Address, BIT 19I6B ICAO Address, BIT 18I6C ICAO Address, BIT 17I6D ICAO Address, BIT 16I6E ICAO Address, BIT 15I6F ICAO Address, BIT 14I6G ICAO Address, BIT 13I6H ICAO Address, BIT 12I6J ICAO Address, BIT 11I6K ICAO Address, BIT 10I7A ICAO Address, BIT 9I7B ICAO Address, BIT 8I7C ICAO Address, BIT 7I7D ICAO Address, BIT 6I7E ICAO Address, BIT 5I7F ICAO Address, BIT 4I7G ICAO Address, BIT 3I7H ICAO Address, BIT 2I7J ICAO Address, BIT 1 (MSB)I7K ICAO Address, Common Common GND connection for system and I/O configuration and ICAO ID Table 3-15  ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details (Continued)I/O From Top PlugSignal Name To Description
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2124 JUN 09 Table 3-16  ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details I/O From Middle PlugSignal Name To DescriptionO1A Power LED Output 1 Remote status panel HSD-440 terminal-Power On (Optional)O1B Fault LED Output 2 Remote status panel HSD-440 terminal-Fault (Optional)1C Channel Available1D Switch HI current from chime1E Switch LO current to chimeO1F Discrete Common Remote status panel Discrete Common O1G Maint Port Tx Maint Port serial data, DB9S-2 Maintenance computer (laptop/PC), for Remote accessI1H Maint Port Rx Maint Port serial data, DB9S-3I/O 1J Maint Port Signal Ground Maint Port serial data, DB9S-5 I1K CMU 2 Input A CMU 2 TP1A CMU 2 RX AO2A Data I/O Tx No connectionI2B Data I/O Rx No connectionO2C SDU data SCM AO2D SDU data SCM BI2E SCM data SDU AI2F SCM data SDU BO2G SCM power +12 V SCMO2H SCM power return 0 V SCM2J Data I/O Ground No connectionI2K CMU 2 Input B CMU 2 TP1B CMU 2 RX BO3A Call light 1 Audio Control PanelI3B Mic on 1 Audio Management SystemI3C Chime light inhibit Audio Control PanelI3D Place/end 1 Audio Management SystemI3E MCDU 2 input AMCDU 2 J4-27 MCDU 2 RX A
23-15-30 3-2224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalI3F MCDU 2 input BMCDU 2 J4-28 MCDU 2 RX BO3G Call light 2 FutureI3H Mic on 2 FutureI3J Go-ahead / Chime reset Audio Control PanelI3K Place/End 2 FutureI/O 4A POTS 1 TIP 2-wire Analog Phone TIP (RJ-11, Pin 4) POTS Line 1I/O 4B POTS 1 RING 2-wire Analog Phone RING (RJ-11, Pin 3)I/O 4C POTS 2 TIP 2-wire Analog Phone TIP (RJ-11, Pin 4) POTS Line 2I/O 4D POTS 2 RING 2-wire Analog Phone RING (RJ-11, Pin 3)I4E Input audio 1 HI Cockpit Headset Microphone HI Cockpit Voice MicrophoneI4F Input audio 1 HLO Cockpit Headset Microphone LOI/O 4G to 4K Reserved5A CEPT-E1 RX+ Future5B CEPT-E1 RX-5C CEPT-E1 TX+5D CEPT-E1 TX-O5E Audio 1 HI Cockpit Headset Speaker HI Cockpit Voice SpeakerO5F Audio 1 LO Cockpit Headset Speaker LOI/O 5G to 5K ReservedI6A ISDN Rx+ ISDN, RJ45-3 User data, ISDN-1Refer to "User Interfaces" on page 3-12I6B ISDN Rx - ISDN, RJ45-6O6C ISDN Tx+ ISDN, RJ45-4O6D ISDN Tx- ISDN, RJ45-5I6E Audio 2 HI FutureI6F Audio 2 LO Future Table 3-16  ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details (Continued)I/O From Middle PlugSignal Name To Description
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2324 JUN 09O6G 10BASE-T Tx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T RJ45, Pin 1 Port 2 User data Ethernet 10BASE-TO6H 10BASE-T Tx- Ethernet 10BASE-T RJ45, Pin 2I6J 10BASE-T Rx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T RJ45, Pin 3I6K 10BASE-T Rx- Ethernet 10BASE-T RJ45, Pin 6O7A 10BASE-T Tx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-1 Port 1 User data Ethernet 10BASE-TO7B 10BASE-T Tx- Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-2I7C 10BASE-T Rx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-3I7D 10BASE-T Rx- Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-6I/O 7E to 7K ReservedOC1 RF Tx Output Antenna subsystem-DLNA or HPR-J Coaxial cable, RF Transmit  Table 3-16  ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details (Continued)I/O From Middle PlugSignal Name To Description Table 3-17  ARINC 600 Bottom Plug Connection Details I/O From Bottom PlugSignal Name To DescriptionIBP2 +28 V dc HOT Aircraft Power Source, HOT +28 V dc supplyIBP3 +28 V dc return GND Aircraft Power Source, returnIBP8 Chassis GND Aircraft Ground Aircraft Chassis GroundIBP1 115 V ac HOT Aircraft Power Source, HOT 115 V ac 400 Hz supplyIBP7 115 V ac COLD Aircraft Power Source, COLDIBP12 RF Rx Input Antenna subsystem-DLNA Coaxial cable, RF Receive
23-15-30 3-2424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2516 JUN 09Figure 3-7  (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram(1252-E-3400, Rev B)
Blank PageEMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2616 JUN 09
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2716 JUN 09Figure 3-8  (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram (1252-E-3400, Rev B)
Blank PageEMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2816 JUN 09
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-2916 JUN 09Figure 3-9 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram (1252-E-3420, Rev B)
Blank PageEMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3016 JUN 09
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3116 JUN 09Figure 3-10 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram (1252-E-3420, Rev B)
Blank PageEMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3216 JUN 09
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3316 JUN 09Figure 3-11  (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing(1252-B-3110, Rev D)
Blank PageEMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3416 JUN 09
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3516 JUN 09Figure 3-12. (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing(1252-B-3110, Rev D)
Blank PageEMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 3-3616 JUN 09
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-124 JUN 09TEST AND FAULT ISOLATIONThis section provides the information required to determine the operational readiness of the HSD-440 terminals and aid service personnel in diagnosing system faults, including the following sections:•Operational and Diagnostic Testing•Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation•Adjustment/Alignment Procedures•Modification HistoryThe operational and diagnostic tests described in this section require using the HSD-440 terminals built-in diagnostic tool referred to as the HSD-440 terminal MPU. This section provides detailed descriptions of the HSD-440 terminal MPU menus, reports, and basic user instructions. See "Cabling Notes" on page 4-3 for maintenance port cabling notes.NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed, the MPU report and menu screens displayed may differ from those shown as examples in this manual.1. Operational and Diagnostic TestingA. GeneralUsually, terminals require testing for one of the following reasons:• To verify the operational readiness of the terminal during and after installation on an aircraft• To verify that a fault exists and produce system reports for troubleshooting purposes• To verify the operational readiness of repaired LRUs during re-installation on an aircraftThis section includes test and fault isolation procedures for the HSD-440 terminals. All test and load procedures require the HSD-440 terminal MPU, which is accessed by connecting to the maintenance port of the terminal. B. Test and Fault Isolation Equipment RequirementsTable 4-1 lists the equipment required to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU and perform operational and diagnostic testing and software loads on the HSD-440 terminal.
23-15-30 4-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalTable 4-2 lists the optional equipment or information that, although not required, may increase test efficiency or allow for optional diagnostic procedures. Equivalent substitutions may be used.C. Terminal MPUThis section describes the HSD-440 terminal MPU and provides the connection and cabling details required to access and use the program.(1) General OverviewThe MPU, built into the HSD-440 terminal's operational software, provides a system interface for fault isolation and diagnostic procedures. Connection to this program is made through the RS-232 maintenance port interface. To use the HSD-440 terminal MPU, an RS-232, VT-100 terminal (PC or laptop operating a terminal emulation program) must be connected to the HSD-440 terminal. The maintenance port on the front panel of HSD-440 terminals provides a direct connection to the HSD-440 terminal MPU using a DB25 connector. Optionally, remote cabin access is possible using a DB9 connector via the ARINC 600 connector.  Table 4-1  List of Required Test Equipment Item Equipment Specification QuantityComputer  Standard  VT-100 386 CPU, 20 MHz or higher 1VT-100 terminal emulation program HyperTerminal©, ProComm Plus©, or equivalentSerial communication program using an RS-232 port 1Cable, maintenance port interface cable  SpecialSee "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3Remote access maximum cable length 25 ft. (From ARINC 600 connector to DB9 breakout connector)   Front Panel access maximum cable length 50 ft. 1Multimeter Standard – 1General purpose toolset Standard – 1 Table 4-2  List of Optional Test Equipment Item Equipment Specification QuantityService Provider Information Package Special Inmarsat service provider 1Internet access Standard Inmarsat Swift64 high-speed data 1Time Domain Refectometer Standard  – 1
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-324 JUN 09(2) Connection RequirementsThis section describes specific cabling requirements needed to connect to and use the HSD-440 terminal MPU.(a) Cabling NotesThe HSD-440 terminals provide two options for physical connection to the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port and MPU: direct connection and remote connection. Table 4-3, Table 4-4, Figure 4-1, and Figure 4-2 provide cabling details for the HSD-440 terminal for both direct and remote connection types. Select one of these connection options to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU.NOTE: The direct and remote connection points to the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port cannot be used simultaneously.(b) Maintenance Port Cable AssemblyHSD-440 terminal maintenance cable connections may vary in length, type of connection used, and connector pin callouts, depending on the access point used.The cable assembly for HSD-440 terminals assumes that the computer's COM port interface is a 9-Pin, D-Sub connector (DB9). Cable assembly details for HSD-440 terminals are presented in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2.NOTE: The maximum cable length, shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2, assumes that the length is measured from the ARINC 600 connector to the DB9 breakout connector. Table 4-3  Remote Connection Cabling Remote AccessPin Definition ARINC Connector (Rear) Remote (DB9)Cable(See Figure 4-1)Computer (DB9P)Maint Port SGND (MP1J) 5 5Maint Port Rx (MP1H) 3 3Maint Port Tx (MP1G) 2 2 Table 4-4  Direct Connection Cabling Direct ConnectionPin Definition Front PanelMaintenance Cable Connector (DB25P) Cable (See Figure 4-2)Computer (DB9P)Maint Port SGND 10 10 5Maint Port Rx 12 12 3Maint Port Tx 11 11 2
23-15-30 4-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 4-1  Remote Connection, Maintenance CableFigure 4-2  Direct Connection, Maintenance Cable(c) Interface RequirementsA standard VT100 compatible terminal running an emulator program (such as HyperTerminal, ProComm Plus, or similar) provides the user interface to the HSD-440 terminal MPU. The RS-232 terminal connection settings for HSD-440 terminal maintenance ports are listed in Table 4-5. Table 4-5  Terminal Connection Settings Parameter SettingCharacter Format ASCIIBaud Rate 19200 bps
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-524 JUN 09(3) Accessing the MPUAccess to the MPU menus is password protected. Each password permits access to a different level of the program. This document describes End User and Field Representative access levels for operational testing and verification, software updates, and the basic system monitoring and troubleshooting procedures provided in this manual. (a) Level 1 End User Access—Password: menuThis limited-access level is for anyone without technical training on the product. It provides read-only access to help users diagnose problems with the assistance of product support personnel.(b) Level 2 Field Representative Access—Password: maintThis level is for trained original equipment manufacturer (OEM) installers and product support personnel. This access level supports read and limited write capabilities. Users are able to disable, mask, or clear faults, change satellite or LES preferences, view and modify certain EEPROM parameters, and perform other maintenance or upgrade functions.(4) Using the Terminal MPUThis section describes the basic procedures for using and navigating the HSD-440 terminal MPU.(a) Entering Passwords• For untrained users, use Level 1 access: type menu.• For trained technicians and product support personnel, use Level 2 access: type maint.NOTE: The password does not appear on the screen when you type it.(b) Navigating the Terminal MPU• To scroll through the available menus, press CTRL+N.• To go to the previous menu, press CTRL+O.• To refresh the menu screen or exit from a Reports Menu, press ESC.(c) Selecting Menu ItemsTo enable test or data entry functions, press the letter associated with the menu items. When a menu item is selected, the application may prompt you for additional inputs or selections. No. of bits 8Parity NoneStop bits 1Flow Control None Table 4-5  Terminal Connection Settings (Continued)Parameter Setting
23-15-30 4-624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(d) Selecting ReportsThe reports available through the MPU enable users to view information about the configuration and status of the HSD-440 terminal. This information is used to troubleshoot the communication system on the aircraft. 1. To open the list of possible system reports, press EQUAL SIGN.A list of reports appears. Active reports show as toggled on. Inactive reports show as toggled off.  2. To activate a report, type the report number, and then press ENTER.NOTE: Multiple reports can be activated at the same time; type and enter each report number separately. 3. To turn off individual, active reports, type the report number you want to toggle off, and then press ENTER. 4. To turn off all active reports, press EQUAL SIGN, and then press X. (5) Menu Item DescriptionsThis section provides a brief description of the Level 2, MPU menu items used for test and fault isolation procedures. Although this section only provides illustrations and descriptions for Level 2 access, all Level 1 access menu items are covered. (All Level 1 menus are included in Level 2 Menus.)In active HSD-440 terminals, menu screens display the firmware version.NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the system configuration, the menu and reports available to users may differ slightly from the illustrations shown and described in this document.(a) Menu 1Figure 4-3 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 1 screen display. Table 4-6 describes the items available in Menu 1.Figure 4-3  Menu 1 Screen Display        MENU 1                                       FIRMWARE Vx.xX     override forward id/ICAO address  L     test LEDsY     explain error status              U     list event log (hex)F     print equipment stats             M     clear equipment stats<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-724 JUN 09(b) Menu 2 Figure 4-4 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 2 screen display. Table 4-7 describes the items available in Menu 2.Figure 4-4  Menu 2 Screen Display Table 4-6  Menu 1 Item Descriptions Menu Item DescriptionX: override forward id/ICAO address Used in testing and fault isolation.Enter a test or alternate FWD ID or ICAO ID to use during fault isolation procedures. Resetting the HSD-440 terminal or cycling the power cancels this function.Y: explain error status Reports error status when failure LED is illuminated.F: print equipment stats Prints a list of the current equipment statistics.L: test LEDs Toggles the Power On (LED 1) and Fault (LED 2) LEDs on (A) and off (D) or returns them to software control (X). U: list event log Lists the current event log.M: clear equipment stats Resets the equipment statistics. (See Item F.)      MENU 2                                         FIRMWARE Vx.xA     set veh-relative azimuth          E     set veh-relative elevationK     desired az veh-rel velocity       R     resume automatic steeringT     enter time of day                 N     annotate log fileL     re-enter logon password           V     get firmware versionsZ     reset                             S     set satellite longitude<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports Table 4-7  Menu 2 Item Descriptions Menu Item DescriptionNOTE: Menu 2 selections E and K are used to manually input navigational data to point the antenna to a preferred satellite location and/or peak for maximum signal reception. These commands are typically used where no IRS data is available. A: set veh-relative azimuth Antenna azimuth pointing offset with reference to the front centerline of the aircraft.Offset value entered in degrees from 0 to 180, where a positive entry is clockwise (cw) and a negative entry is counterclockwise (ccw).
23-15-30 4-824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(c) Menu 3Figure 4-5 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 3 screen display. Table 4-8 describes the items available in Menu 3. Figure 4-6 shows the Menu 3, Item M: Miscellaneous parameters screen display. Table 4-9 describes the items available in Menu 3, Item M.Figure 4-5  Menu 3 Screen DisplayK: desired az veh-rel velocity Activates continuous antenna azimuth sweep at a set elevation, as entered with menu item E.Azimuth sweep velocity entered as deg/sec value.NOTE: When combined with a signal-monitoring reports selection, sweep the antenna for maximum signal strength to determine optimum location coordinates.T: enter time of day Permits the entry of date and time for initial one-time setting of the Real Time Clock.L: re-enter logon password Permits a user to enter a new access level password: menu or maint.Z: reset Enables a complete, soft reset of the LRU; once reset, the menu access password must be re-entered.E: set veh-relative elevation Antenna elevation pointing offset with respect to the aircraft horizontal rest position; i.e., assumed to have no pitch or roll offset.Offset value entered in degrees from 0 to 90.R: resume automatic steering Re-activates programmed automatic antenna-steering in both azimuth and elevation.N: annotate log file Allows for input of text into a log file.This feature can be used to document information such as test conditions, system or aircraft identification, or any pertinent information for later review.V: get firmware versions Displays the system Kernel and Application software versions, and the channel card(s) and HPA firmware revisions.S: set satellite longitude Sets the satellite longitude. Table 4-7  Menu 2 Item Descriptions (Continued)Menu Item Description      MENU 3                                         FIRMWARE Vx.xL     list EEPROM                       S     list event logC     clear event log                   M     misc.  EEPROM parameterF     list call log                     G     clear call logO     list ORT                          P     ocean region parameterI     set all LES id's                  H     list SCM/CP ORTK     set CP ORT parameter              R     copy CP ORT to SCM<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-924 JUN 09 Table 4-8  Menu 3 Item Descriptions Menu Item DescriptionL: list EEPROM Displays a list of all system EEPROM parameters and their corresponding values (this function is READ only).Certain parameters are set using Menu 3, item M selection.C: clear event log Clears all events and system fault codes stored in non-volatile RAM.F: list call log Displays call log files for HSD-440 terminal. When selected, three options are available:• To display complete list of all log files, press F.• To list extended EIRP trace data, press X.• To list all remaining entries, press PERIOD.O: list ORT Displays all Data I/O parameters and Ocean Region parameters.I: set all LES id's Configures all ORs to the same LES access code.K: set CP ORT parameter Sets user configurable ORT options in the control processor ORT.S: list event log Lists all events stored in non-volatile RAM.When selected, several options are available:•0 displays the most recent saved entry.•S displays next most recent entry saved.•PERIOD displays all remaining logged entries.•1 displays special events (does not include ORR entries).M: misc. EEPROM parameter Enables entry or entry changes to some EEPROM parameters.G: clear call log Clears call log files for HSD-440 terminal.P: ocean region parameter Configures LES access codes for individual ORs.H: list SCM/CP ORT Lists the values contained in either the SCM or the CP ORT.R: copy CP ORT to SCM Copies values stored in the CP ORT to the SCM.
23-15-30 4-1024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 4-6  Menu 3—Item M: Miscellaneous ParametersMISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS 1  HPA-TO-ANTENNA TOTAL LOSS           20  CARD 1 IP ADDRESS 2  FORWARD ID                          21  CARD 2 IP ADDRESS 3  GPS PROTECTION ALGORITHMS           22  TRANSMIT IF WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS10  NUMBER OF CHANNEL CARDS             29  DEFAULT LATITUDE11  FRONT PANEL LEDS ENABLED            30  DEFAULT LONGITUDE14  MAINTENANCE PORT INVERSE VIDEO      31  OBEY OXCO STATUS15  MAINTENANCE PORT DEGREES SYMBOL     42  HCM AERO/M4 PRIORITIZATION16  TERMINAL CATEGORY                   45  CATEGORY B LOWER FREQUENCY LIMITWHICH PARAMETER #   <CTRL> N for next page  ? 46  CATEGORY B UPPER FREQUENCY LIMIT    58  QUAL PA BACKOFF51  SDU INPUT POWER OFFSET              59  CLASSIC AERO MANUAL BOOT52  OUTPUT POWER COUPLING CONST         60  CH CARD GATEWAY ADDRESS53  REFLECTED POWER COUPLING CONST      61  IMEI KEY54  REFLECTED POWER SLOPE               62  SDU-TO-PA GAIN55  REFLECTED POWER INTERCEPT           63  CARD 1 SUBNET ADDRESS56  PSU CURRENT SLOPE                   64  CARD 2 SUBNET ADDRESS57  PSU CURRENT INTERCEPT               65  AIR/GROUND BEHAVIOURWHICH PARAMETER #   <CTRL> N for next page  ?  Table 4-9  Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions Parameter Number Parameter Name Description1HPA-to-Antenna Total Loss Defines transmit coaxial cable loss from the HSD-440 terminal at MPC1 to the antenna, including the DLNA loss—maximum is 2.5 dB (includes DLNA loss of 0.8 dB).2Forward ID Entry required as the ICAO address is strapped. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for strapping details.3GPS protection algorithms Disables the GPS algorithms the HSD-440 terminal uses to prevent calls from interfering with the GPS navigational system on the aircraft.10 Number of channel cards Selects the number of channel cards for which the system is configured.11 Front panel LEDs enabled Future consideration is provided for additional LEDs, beyond the two currently activated—default is 2.14 Maintenance port inverse video Enables a selected report to be highlighted in Inverse Video when it is activated—default is 1 (activated).
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-1124 JUN 0915 Maintenance port degrees symbol Offers a choice of displaying the letter D or the degree symbol ° when viewing the lat/long information displayed in the Reports output:• Select 0 to use the letter D; e.g., 180.0 D.• Select 1 to use a degree symbol °; e.g., 180.0°.16 Terminal category Offers an LRU configuration choice of the following:• 1 for Stand-Alone• 2 for HW StrappingDefault is 2 (where hardware is read on power-up).20 Card 1 IP Address IP address of channel card 1.22 Transmit if Weight-on-Wheels Allows the system to transmit when it is on the ground. 29 Default Latitude Allows user to enter a default latitude value.Reset the HSD-440 terminal to activate revised default values.30 Default Longitude Allows user to enter a default longitude value. Reset the HSD-440 terminal to activate revised default values.31 Obey OXCO status Prevents system operation until OCXO is warmed up (unless overridden).Use parameter setting to override warm-up during testing procedures.42 HCM Aero/M4 prioritization Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone operation45 Category B lower frequency limit Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone operation.46 Category B upper frequency limit Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone operation.51 SDU input power offset Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.52 Output power coupling const Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.53 Reflected power coupling const Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.54 Reflected power slope Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.55 Reflected power intercept Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.56 PSU current slope Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation. Table 4-9  Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions (Continued)Parameter Number Parameter Name Description
23-15-30 4-1224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(d) Menu 4 Figure 4-7 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 4 screen display. Table 4-10 describes the items available in Menu 4.Figure 4-7  Menu 4 Screen Display57 PSU current intercept Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.58 Qual PA backoff Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.59 Classic AERO manual boot Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.60 Ch card gateway address Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.61 IMEI key Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.62 SDU-to-PA gain Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of operation.63 Card 1 subnet address Subnet address of channel card 1.65 Air/ground behaviour Determines the function of WOW strapping. Table 4-9  Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions (Continued)Parameter Number Parameter Name Description      MENU 4                                         FIRMWARE Vx.xQ     channel card forward ID's         O     set Ocean RegionS     change spot beam                  J     toggle ISDN connectionM     report MUX stats<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-1324 JUN 09(e) Menu 10 Menu 10 items are used to manually enter INS parameters to simulate the INS data required for HSD-440 terminal operation when INS data is unavailable. Figure 4-8 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 10 screen display. Table 4-11 describes the items available in Menu 10.Figure 4-8  Menu 10 Screen Display Table 4-10  Menu 4 Item Descriptions Menu Item Item DescriptionQ: channel card forward IDs Enables viewing of channel cards 1 and 2 FWD IDs and ICAO address.S: change spot beam Enables manual selection of specific spot beams independently assigned for each channel card.M: report MUX stats Not applicable:Used for engineering debugging purposes only.O: set Ocean Region Allows for manual selection of satellite ORs: AORW:0AORE:1POR:2IOR:3     To revert to programmed selection, type -1, and then press ENTER for AUTO selection.        MENU 10                                      FIRMWARE Vx.xL     simul INS lat                     G     simul INS longH     simul INS heading                 T     simul INS true trackP     simul INS pitch                   R     simul INS rollS     simul INS speed                   Q     simul INS altitudeA     activate INS simul words          C     simul port ACU statusB     simul sb ACU status               M     activate antenna status wordsN     deactivate antenna status words   D     toggle active antennaX     deactivate INS simul words<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports
23-15-30 4-1424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(f) Menu 13 Menu 13 items are used to query and debug the data I/O card. Figure 4-9 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 13 screen display. Table 4-12 describes the items available in Menu 13. Table 4-11  Menu 10 Item Descriptions Menu Item DescriptionL: simul INS lat Simulates a latitude by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.H: simul INS heading Simulates aircraft heading by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.P: simul INS pitch Simulates aircraft pitch by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.S: simul INS speed Simulates aircraft speed by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.A: activate INS simul words Activates all input simulate parameters, overriding the INS data received from the aircraft.Lat and Long values from the EEPROM values set in Menu 3.B: simul sb ACU status Enter the Starboard antenna gain in dB and the message rate in Hz.N: deactivate antenna status    wordsDe-activates all set antenna status words.X: deactivate INS simul words De-activates all simulated parameters reverting the HSD-440 terminal back to using the INS data received from the aircraft.G: simul INS long Simulates aircraft longitude by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.T: simul INS true track Simulates true track by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.R: simul INS roll Simulates aircraft roll by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.Q: simul INS altitude Simulates aircraft altitude by overriding the data received from the aircraft INS.C: simul port ACU status Enter both the port antenna gain in dB and the message rate in Hz.M: activate antenna status words Activates all set antenna status words.D: toggle active antenna Changes the current simulated active antenna. Choose Starboard, port, or automatic. Note that this change will only take effect if antenna status words are activated using menu item M.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-1524 JUN 09Figure 4-9  Menu 13 Screen Display(g) Menu 14 Menu 14 items are used only by professional installers for debugging and clarifying call routing issues. Figure 4-10 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 14 screen display. Figure 4-10  Menu 14 Screen Display(h) Menu 15 Figure 4-11 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 15 screen display. Table 4-13 describes the items available in Menu 15.      MENU 13                                        FIRMWARE Vx.xT     query DATA IO elapsed time        V     query DATA IO versionS     query DATA IO services            D     DATA IO test F     DATA IO fault logging level       X     DATA IO console modeG     print DATA IO call database<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports Table 4-12  Menu 13 Item Descriptions Menu Item DescriptionT: query DATA IO elapsed time Displays the time (in seconds) since the last data I/O reset.S: query DATA IO services Displays active interfaces.F: DATA IO fault logging level Sets the level of minimum severity of events that are reported to the data I/O card.G: print DATA IO call database Displays the calls made and recorded in the data I/O database.V: query DATA IO version Displays the firmware version of the data I/O card.D: DATA IO test Tests individual interfaces of the data I/O.X: DATA IO console mode Opens a virtual TTY session to the data I/O maintenance port on the HSD-440 terminal.      MENU 14                                        FIRMWARE Vx.xN     num entries in call table         L     list call tableT     get call table<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports
23-15-30 4-1624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 4-11  Menu 15 Screen Display(i) Menu 21 Figure 4-12 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 21 screen display. Table 4-14 describes the items available in Menu 21.Figure 4-12  Menu 21 Screen Display      MENU 15                                        FIRMWARE Vx.xV     request channel card versions     D     channel card serial numberB     channel card RSSI mode            G     A_TI queryW     request burst counter<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports Table 4-13  Menu 15 Item Descriptions Menu Item Item DescriptionV: request channel card versions Displays software versions for a selected channel card.B: channel card RSSI mode Places the channel card in Received Signal Strength Indicator mode.As requested, enter the channel number, the OR, the channel type, and the RSSI period in milliseconds.W: request burst counter Displays the burst counter information.D: channel card serial number Displays the serial number of the selected channel card.G: A_TI query Manually sends an A_TI query to the requested channel card to check on the alive/dead status of the channel card processors.As requested, enter a channel card number and service type to query.        MENU 21                                      FIRMWARE Vx.xP     get channel card ethernet parms   I     get channel card IMEI keyB     request SBB configuration<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reports
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-1724 JUN 09(6) Report DescriptionsWhen testing or troubleshooting the HSD-440 terminal, monitoring real-time system data is sometimes required. Figure 4-13 shows all the reports potentially available to a Level 2 user.Most reports are used for factory debugging purposes only. This document describes only the reports typically used in the field for operational and fault isolation testing.NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in Figure 4-13. Table 4-14  Menu 21 Item Descriptions Menu Item Item DescriptionP: get channel card ethernet parms Displays the Ethernet parameters of the channel card, including the MAC address, the IP address, the gateway IP address, the host name, the DHCP status, and the DHCP server IP address.B: request SBB configuration Displays the SwiftBroadband configuration.I: get channel card IMEI key Displays the IMEI key of the channel card.
23-15-30 4-1824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal 1 OFF OFF messages to card #1          13 OFF messages to card #2 2 OFF OFF hex output to card #1        14 OFF hex output to card #2 3 OFF OFF responses from card #1       15 OFF responses from card #2 4 OFF OFF hex input from card #1       16 OFF hex input from card #2 5 OFF OFF card #1 misc info            17 OFF card #2 misc info 6 OFF sb antenna arinc input           18 OFF port antenna arinc input 7 OFF sb antenna maintenance word      19 OFF port antenna maintenance word 8 OFF sb antenna status word           20 OFF port antenna status word 9 OFF channel card call status         21 OFF call codes10 OFF channel card THA codes           22 OFF spot beam selection11 OFF channel card errors              23 OFF standard output12 OFF INS input                        24 OFF doppler, antenna az/elEnter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/offX  turn off all reports    <CTRL> N  show next page    S   save to EEPROMESC  return to PREVIOUS MENU25 OFF HPA arinc i/o                    39 OFF combined-mode debugging27 OFF HPA/channel card backoffs        40 OFF enthusiastic combined-mode debug28 OFF miscellaneous digital inputs     41 OFF delta combined-mode debugging29 OFF channel card A_AM msgs           43 OFF sdu path cable calibration30 OFF multi-control arinc bus          44 OFF hpa calibration (gain droop)31 OFF ocean region info                45 OFF combined mode ocean region debug32 OFF hex input from data i/o          46 OFF hpa resets33 OFF hex output to data i/o           47 OFF channel card temperature34 OFF input from data i/o              48 OFF hexadecimal INS input35 OFF changes in multi-control bus     49 OFF main loop latency36 OFF unit test call setup             50 OFF main loop timing38 OFF combined-mode power allotment    51 OFF one second tickEnter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/offX  turn off all reports    <CTRL> N  show next page    S   save to EEPROMESC  return to PREVIOUS MENU52 OFF extended call codes              76 OFF HSD-X arinc messages54 OFF multi-control time and date      77 OFF HSD-X net configuration60 OFF OFF debug channel card power     78 OFF vt100 eirp/power61 OFF non-zero channel card power      79 OFF dialtone debugging62 OFF m4 availability status           86 OFF Channel card rx attenuation64 OFF channel card frequencies         87 OFF interworking report65 OFF enthusiastic messages from HPA   89 OFF debug call teardown66 OFF channel card boot sequence       90 OFF debug cc backoff67 OFF debug honeywell combined mode    91 OFF HSD frequencies68 OFF CFDS debugging                   92 OFF intermod debugging69 OFF vt100 scenario                   93 OFF spot beam debugging72 OFF DATA I/O events                  94 OFF vt100 channel card infoEnter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/offX  turn off all reports    <CTRL> N  show next page    S   save to EEPROMESC  return to PREVIOUS MENU
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-1924 JUN 09Figure 4-13  HSD-440 Terminal MPU Reports95 OFF vt100 debugging                  117 OFF output to data i/o (ascii)96 OFF INS data rate                    118 OFF channel card rf loopback107 OFF unusual channel card msgs       119 OFF I2C controller i/o108 OFF channel card rf pwr detect      120 OFF I2C controller hex i/o109 OFF channel card power SU's         121 OFF I2C slave status110 OFF underdraft debugging            122 OFF I2C miscellaneous input111 OFF miscellaneous digital outputs   123 OFF enthusiastic backoff112 OFF arinc labels                    124 OFF PA mute debugging113 OFF channel card sw loads           125 OFF PA BITE status114 OFF all channel card THA codes      126 OFF calibrated power detectors115 OFF OCXO state toggles              127 OFF power supply dc current116 OFF DATA I/O passthrough mode       128 OFF VSWR monitoringEnter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/offX  turn off all reports    <CTRL> N  show next page    S   save to EEPROMESC  return to PREVIOUS MENU129 OFF I2C output to PA                142 OFF lo-level W'burg labels from CMU130 OFF I2C temperature sensors         143 OFF next W'burg LDU131 OFF duart channel hex input         144 OFF W'burg state changes133 OFF LES access codes                145 OFF all input from CMU (hex)134 OFF MCDU #1 arinc input             146 OFF periodic messages from CMU135 OFF MCDU #2 arinc input             147 OFF arinc hex output to CMU136 OFF arinc output to MCDU            148 OFF USIM heater control137 OFF MCDU state machine              149 OFF AERO logging text -- no SU138 OFF ascii digital inputs            150 OFF ACARS P-channel RX data139 OFF W'burg messages to CMU          151 OFF all AERO SUs140 OFF W'burg messages from CMU (hex)  152 OFF AERO msg acks141 OFF W'burg messages from CMU        154 OFF non-periodic msgs to aero cardEnter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/offX  turn off all reports    <CTRL> N  show next page    S   save to EEPROMESC  return to PREVIOUS MENU155 OFF AES status table queries        167 OFF max 615 debugging156 OFF MCDU driver errors              157 OFF ADC raw values                   1 OFF OFF messages to card #1158 OFF classic AERO call progress       2 OFF OFF hex output to card #1159 OFF AES status                       3 OFF OFF responses from card #1160 OFF AERO SUs for this terminal       4 OFF OFF hex input from card #1161 OFF 1252-A-3400 status               5 OFF OFF card #1 misc info162 OFF vt100 mcdu                       6 OFF sb antenna arinc input163 OFF periodic messages to CMU         7 OFF sb antenna maintenance word164 OFF enthusiastic digital inputs      8 OFF sb antenna status word165 OFF 615 data loader upgrades         9 OFF channel card call status166 OFF 615 data loader debugging       10 OFF channel card THA codes
23-15-30 4-2024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(7) Activating Maintenance Reports In Level 1 menu access, report 23 (standard output) is automatically generated when the EQUAL SIGN is pressed. Once activated, the report data output is repeated on the computer display at one-second intervals.Level 2 maintenance access provides more flexibility in the use of the reports function. This access level permits the activation or deactivation of any one of the reports (toggle on and off).(a) Reports General Guidelines• To open the report menu, press EQUAL SIGN.• To activate a report, type the number of the report needed, and then press ENTER. This toggles on the report number entered. To toggle the report off, type the report number again, and then press ENTER. • To disable all reports (toggles all reports off), press X.• To display the next group of reports, press CTRL+N.• To save all selected reports to EEPROM, press S. The selected reports will then be output automatically when the maintenance port is accessed. If the items selected are not saved, they are de-activated when the system is reset or power is cycled to the terminal.• To start the scrolling report display, press ESC (in Level 2 access only). To return to the menu selection screen, press ESC again. (b) Report DescriptionsNot all the reports are used in the testing or troubleshooting of the system. This section describes only the more commonly used reports.1. Report 23Report 23 is the most comprehensive report, giving an overall general impression of the HSD-440 terminal health. An example of the contents of report 23 is shown in Figure 4-14. Table 4-15 provides a brief description of the parameters. Each distinct parameter is numbered for description purposes.Figure 4-14  Example of Report 23 Output17:12:40 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.2 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-32.9 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz sig=-26.2 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-2124 JUN 09NOTE: When the aircraft is stationary, the field may appear as a series of asterisks (*).2. Reports 5 and 17Report 5 displays information for channel card 1, and report 17 displays information for channel card 2.These reports are commonly used for testing and troubleshooting the system and are only available to Level 2, maintenance access users.You are prompted to select the channel(s) for which to generate a report as shown in Figure 4-15:Figure 4-15  Example of Prompt to Generate a Report Table 4-15  Report 23 Item Descriptions Report 23 Item Number Description1IRS lat/long as interpreted by the HSD-440 terminal2Aircraft pitch angle, where UP is positive3Aircraft roll angle, where clockwise is positive4Aircraft true heading; where the nose of the aircraft is pointing, based on yaw offset5Aircraft true track; direction the aircraft is flying—not necessarily the direction it is pointing (see note below)6Aircraft velocity7Time based on the system real time clock8Doppler frequency offset; increases with velocity (see note below)9Antenna azimuth pointing to the satellite, with respect to the nose of the aircraft10 Antenna elevation angle to the satellite, with respect to the horizontal position of the aircraft11 OR to which the system is logged on12 Reported antenna gain for the selected antenna: Starboard (sbd) or port (p/t)13 Indicates the channel card for which results 14 to 17 relate14 RF input Carrier-to-Noise (C/No) level; typically 50.0 to 55.015 RF input signal level; not to exceed 0 when in-call16 HSD-440 terminal channel card temperature17 System call status indicates it is logged on or off for channel 318 Satellite beam on which the card is registered5  WHICH GAN CHANNEL (1,2,B,X) ?
23-15-30 4-2224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalSelect channel 1, channel 2, Both channels, or X to deselect all channels. For channel card 2, you will select channel 3, channel 4, Both channels, or X to deselect all channelsNOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the user's selection of reports, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in Figure 4-16.Figure 4-16  Example of Report 17, Channel Card 2, Channel 33. Reports 8 and 20Report 8 displays the status of the Starboard antenna, and report 20 displays the status of the port antenna. These reports are commonly used for testing and troubleshooting the system and are only available to Level 2, maint access users.NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the user's selection of reports, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in the example in Figure 4-17.Figure 4-17  Example of Report 20Table 4-16 shows descriptions of the items in reports 8 and 20.CHAN #3: C/No=52.2 dB Hz  sig=-16.2 dB log on  beam=4 AORE bt=OK oc=NA         tx 1646560000 Hz  burst  0   40.0 Cport status $600231  SDI: PRT/TOP  SSM: NORMAL  gain=12.0OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE  open loop tracking  starboard active   HGA   LNA=off Table 4-16  Reports 8 and 20 Descriptions Reports 8 and 20 Starboard and Port Antenna Status(Hex code) - Raw hex code of the 32-bit ARINC word—decoded message follows code. The last 8-bits are not shown (ARINC label).(SDI) - Antenna being used (for mechanically and beam steered, only Port data is valid)(SSM) - Antenna serviceability(Gain) - Reported antenna gain (may vary with increased blockage or keyhole pointing)(Mode) - Reports tracking status, antenna selection, and high gain mode (LNA) - Power-on status
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-2324 JUN 094. Report 21Report 21 displays the call code information for the HSD-440 terminal.Figure 4-18 shows an example of report 21. Table 4-17 describes the items in report 21.Figure 4-18  Example Report 21D. Fault DefinitionsThe fault definitions that appear in the HSD-440 terminal maintenance menu logs are based directly on the cause code definitions provided by Inmarsat. Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause Codes on page H-1 defines the maintenance port menu fault codes of the HSD-440 terminal.E. Operational and Diagnostic Test Procedures(1) GeneralYou can perform all test procedures presented in this section to test the total operational status of the HSD-440 terminal. You can conduct these operational tests for all terminals returned to service after repair.15:56:23 #2 456DEF E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  42.0 C  52 dB Hz15:56:24 #1 123ABC E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  42.0 C  52 dB Hz15:56:26 #2 456DEF E4 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR  42.0 C  52 dB Hz15:56:26 #1 123ABC E5 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR  42.0 C  51 dB Hz15:58:30 #3 60104507 E4 stop 400110 aero logon  40.0 C  51 dB Hz15:59:00 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon  40.0 C  38 dB Hz15:59:13 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon  40.0 C  50 dB Hz16:19:23 #3 60104507 E4 stop 400110 aero logon  40.0 C  54 dB Hz16:19:52 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon  40.0 C  0 dB Hz16:20:05 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon  40.0 C  49 dB Hz Table 4-17  Report 21 Item Descriptions Report 21 Call Codes(Time) - Time based on the system real time clock(Fwd Addr) - Forward address ID/ICAO assigned to the system channel cards(Alpha/no.) - OR and beam the card is logged on to(Call) - Call real-time status, service type code, and Inmarsat Cause Code (see Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause Codes on page H-1)(RF power) - LES commanded HPA power in dBW(OR status) - OR registration status(Call orig) Call originating from MES or from a fixed location(Call type) Call types (for example, speech)
23-15-30 4-2424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalThe procedures assume that the technical personnel are familiar with the test equipment used and can operate the equipment to produce the required inputs and obtain the required results (indications). Refer to the detailed operating procedures and descriptions of the HSD-440 terminal MPU included in this section.CAUTION: ONLY AUTHORIZED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WHO ARE TRAINED IN GENERAL AVIATION WORKMANSHIP AND HAVE A BASIC UNDERSTANDING OF SATCOM SYSTEMS SHOULD PERFORM THE OPERATIONAL AND DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURES IN THIS MANUAL.CAUTION: CHANGES TO DEFAULT VALUES FOR SOME MENU FUNCTIONS MAY SERIOUSLY DEGRADE SYSTEM OPERATION.NOTE: This manual describes the basic MPU functions, menus, and reports required for the testing and fault isolation procedures presented in this section. Please consult EMS SATCOM Product Support before entering any unfamiliar menu selections not described in this manual.NOTE: Using a terminal emulation program, open a log file and save all test results for future reference and test records.NOTE: The procedures presented in this section aid technical personnel in upgrading, maintaining, or troubleshooting an HSD-440 terminal. Maintenance does not imply lubrication or adjustment activities.Refer to the Outline and Installation diagrams and the Interconnection and Contact Assignment drawings presented in "Installation" on page 3-1 for additional information.(2) Test Setup ProcedureThe test setup procedure is presented in Table 4-18. For detailed connection of test equipment and operating instructions for the HSD-440 terminal MPU, see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2.(3) Post TestWhen testing is completed, follow the steps in Table 4-19. Table 4-18  Test Setup Procedure Step Action1.0 Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is neither powered up nor connected to a power source.2.0 Connect a maintenance cable to the HSD-440 terminal front-panel or remote maintenance port connector.3.0 Connect the other end of the cable to the serial port of the computer.4.0 Open a log file to capture all test data.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-2524 JUN 09(4) Installation and Operational Verification TestsThe test procedures assume that an approved ARINC 741 compatible antenna subsystem has been completely installed and tested as per the manufacturer's instructions. To facilitate and document the installation of the equipment, refer to "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.(a) Pre Power-up ChecksCarry out all mechanical and electrical verification tests in the systematic order presented in this document.(b) Mechanical VerificationRefer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed mechanical information. Table 4-20 itemizes recommended mechanical checks.(c) Electrical VerificationRefer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed electrical information. Table 4-21 itemizes the recommended electrical checks.When conducting the following tests, do not rack the HSD-440 terminal.WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE, USE EXTREME CAUTION DURING THE VOLTAGE LEVELS MEASUREMENTS. Table 4-19  Post Test Procedure Step Action1.0 Save the log file of the test results (or data) for future reference.2.0 Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal that was tested and from all other test equipment. 3.0 Disconnect test equipment from the HSD-440 terminal. 4.0 Replace the maintenance-port connector cover (if it was removed during the test setup). Table 4-20  HSD-440 Terminal Mechanical Verification STEP Item Checked Verification Description1. 0 Mounting trayPhysical placementMake sure that service/maintenance are accessible.Check that environmental considerations are met, including cooling, air-flow, and pressure2. 0 Fan tray Confirm plug configuration is correct.Check chassis bonding.Make sure that fan rotation is unobstructed and rotates freely.3. 0 ARINC 600 connector Check polarized pints.
23-15-30 4-2624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal Table 4-21  HSD-440 Terminal Electrical Verification Checklist STEP Item Checked Verification Description1.0 Power connections 28 V dc polarity or 115 V ac polarityChassis ground @ BP8—resistance measurement2.0 Voltage levels CAUTION: WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO THE RACK, THE FAN ENERGIZES.Check voltage levels:28 V dc: between BP2 (positive) and BP3 (return)or115 V ac: between BPI (115-H) and BP7 (115-C)3.0 IRS Input IRS wiring:Inertial system wired to TP4J (A) and TP4K (B)IRS format: ARINC 429 Interface 4.0 Configuration Strap Pins SDI:Strapped for HGA, Pin TP5B to TP5DSystem configuration:Strapped for Stand-Alone Mode, Pins TP4A and TP4C strapped to TP7KICAO ID:User specific address obtained from the aircraft registrationWOW: optional5.0 Ethernet 1 and 2 Wired to RJ45 distribution pointsOptional—other service may be preferred6.0 ISDN 1 Wired to RJ45 distribution pointsOptional—other service may be preferred7.0 Remotes (optional but recommended)Remote reset switchMaintenance port, remote accessPower and fault indicators8.0 RF coaxial Rx input cable loss from DLNA J2 to HSD-440 terminal at BP12Tx output cable loss from HSD-440 terminal at MPC1 to DLNA J39.0 Multi-control and BITE from antenna subsystemAntenna manufacturer and model
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-2724 JUN 09(5) Configuration Parameters VerificationYou can now verify the system configuration parameters. For additional connection and access information, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3. Verify and document using "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.(a) Parameter Verification Procedure• From Menu 3, press H (list SCM/CP ORT), and then press 1 (CP EEPROM ORT). The ORT listing appears on the screen, as shown in Figure 4-19. Verify that the correct system configuration parameters are listed in the ORT.
23-15-30 4-2824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal      MENU 3                            HSD-440   FIRMWARE V11.9  AIRL     list EEPROM                       S     list event logE     reset EEPROM                      C     clear event logM     misc.  EEPROM parameter           J     ignored faultsN     EMS serial number                 F     list call logG     clear call log                    O     list ORTP     ocean region parameter            I     set all LES id'sQ     search call log                   H     list SCM/CP ORTK     set CP ORT parameter              R     copy CP ORT to SCM<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reportsTERMINAL: STAND-ALONE MODE0 lists SCM ORT -- 1 lists CP EEPROM ORT ? CP EEPROM ORT: ID 0MCDU #1 aero voice noise level -50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #1 aero voice headset level 50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #1 aero voice mic level 50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #1 aero voice sidetone level 50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #2 aero voice noise level -50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #2 aero voice headset level 50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #2 aero voice mic level 50  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU #2 aero voice sidetone level 50  SET BY CP DEFAULTcall light flag -1  SET BY CP DEFAULTchime light flag -1  SET BY CP DEFAULThook switch flag -1  SET BY CP DEFAULTpriority 4 flag -1  SET BY CP DEFAULTMCDU type 1  SET BY CP DEFAULTViper antenna gain 16.0  SET BY CP DEFAULTviper hpa-antenna loss 6.7  SET BY CP DEFAULTHSD SAL 307  SET BY CP DEFAULTaccept 'auto cts' flag 0  SET BY CP DEFAULTsend 'auto cts' flag 0  SET BY CP DEFAULTBIT protocol verification flag 1  SET BY CP DEFAULTUse dest. code in WBURG protocol 1  SET BY CP DEFAULTHIT 'H' for MORE  RTS conflict resolution flag 1  SET BY CP DEFAULTWBURG full duplex 0  SET BY CP DEFAULTuse CMU SAL from ALO 0  SET BY CP DEFAULTallow WBURG solo words 1  SET BY CP DEFAULTauto aero logon ENABLED  SET BY CP DEFAULTallow high rate in global beam ENABLED  SET BY CP DEFAULTaero icao address 000000  SET BY CP DEFAULTallow interrogation from GES DISABLED  SET BY CP DEFAULTcabin availability flag 1111  SET BY CP DEFAULTCMU high-speed baudrate DISABLED  SET BY CP DEFAULTforward id[7m ABC123[0m  [7mNOT DEFAULT[0m  SET BY MAINT PORTViper HSDX #1 cable loss 29.5 dB  SET BY CP DEFAULTViper HSDX #2 cable loss 29.5 dB  SET BY CP DEFAULTair/ground status DISABLED  SET BY CP DEFAULTposition reporting 1  SET BY CP DEFAULTHPA-antenna loss 2.5 dB  SET BY CP DEFAULTautomatic LEDs ENABLED  SET BY CP DEFAULTminimum antenna gain 8.0 dB  SET BY CP DEFAULTrestrict maintenance port in air YES  SET BY CP DEFAULTprevent transmissions on ground YES  SET BY CP DEFAULTHIT 'H' for MORE  DIO BLOCK:  MISSING
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-2924 JUN 09Figure 4-19  HSD-440 Terminal ORT Display Example(6) System Power-up ChecksNOTE: Before proceeding, make sure that all pre power-up, mechanical, and electrical verifications have been successfully performed and documented using "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.(a) PreparationThe following tests serve primarily to confirm proper system power-up; therefore, they can be performed while the aircraft is still in the hangar. Make sure that a computer is available for testing.(b) Initial Visual LED VerificationThe system's Power On and Fault LEDs provide a visual status indication on the HSD-440 terminal front panel and on the optional remote panel. To visually verify LEDs: 1. Verify that the LED indicators (at both locations) repeatedly cycle on/off when power is applied. 2. Once the cycle has completed (~5 seconds), verify that the LED power indicator remains illuminated.SATELLITE TABLE:LES ACCESS CODE TABLE:     AORW: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME     AORE: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME      POR: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME      IOR: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME    SAT 4: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME    SAT 5: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME    SAT 6: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAME    SAT 7: LES 1    NETWORK ID 0   NO NAMEHIT 'H' for MORE  GES PRIORITY TABLE:ENTRY #1  AORE   Eik                  (GES 104)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #2  AORE   Aussaguel            (GES 103)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #3  AORE   Goonhilly            (GES 101)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #4  AORW   Goonhilly            (GES 1)    PRIORITY 5ENTRY #5  AORW   Aussaguel            (GES 5)    PRIORITY 5ENTRY #6  AORW   Southbury            (GES 2)    PRIORITY 5ENTRY #7  AORW   Eik                  (GES 4)    PRIORITY 5ENTRY #8  IOR    Eik                  (GES 301)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #9  IOR    Sentosa              (GES 310)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #10 IOR    Perth                (GES 305)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #11 IOR    Yamaguchi            (GES 306)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #12 POR    Santa Paula          (GES 202)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #13 POR    Sentosa              (GES 201)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #14 POR    Perth                (GES 205)  PRIORITY 5ENTRY #15 POR    Yamaguchi            (GES 203)  PRIORITY 5DONE
23-15-30 4-3024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(c) Initial Computer Power up DisplayWith the computer connected and configured to accept maintenance port data, power-up the HSD-440 terminal, and verify the initial power-up screen displays, as shown in Figure 4-20.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-3124 JUN 09Figure 4-20  HSD-440 Terminal Power-up Display ExampleKERNEL V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007TESTING RAM ......RAM OK.             CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF EMS TECHNOLOGIES CANADA, LTD.           USE AND DISTRIBUTION LIMITED SOLELY TO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.The use, disclosure, reproduction, modification, transfer or transmittal ofthis work for any purpose, in any form, or by any means without the writtenpermission of EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. is strictly prohibited.      Copyright 2007 EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd.  All Rights Reserved1252-A-3400 APPLICATION Vx.x -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007VALIDATING DETECTOR CALIBRATION TABLES....  OKVALIDATING ATTENUATOR CALIBRATION TABLE AT $608000....  OKORT OCEAN REGIONS:             SAT LONG   LES ID   TNID  **W SAT0         (region #0)   52.5W      1       0  **E AORE         (region #1)   15.0W      1       0  **P POR          (region #2)  178.5E      1       0  **I IOR          (region #3)   63.0E      1       0**  LONGITUDE UPDATED FROM AERO BULLETIN BOARDSREAL TIME CLOCK PRESENT:  17:02:20 Fri Apr 13, 2007FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 14.1 SECONDS: EEPROM FORCES STAND-ALONE MODEFIRMWARE VERSIONS:   KERNEL:           V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007   APPLICATION:      V11.9 -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007   CHANNEL CARD #1:  4.9.8.0 -- 0.3.6.2 -- 2.1.0.0 -- 2.7.0.0   CHANNEL CARD #2:  1.17.0.1 --  --  -- 2.7.0.0   DATA I/O CARD:    Version 1.39.0.0 built on Feb  2 2007 13:CHANNEL CARD STATISTICSCARD #1  SWIFT64  (SERIAL 4871):      886.8 hrs powered  3.8 hrs in call since 10:29:31 Dec 11, 2006CARD #2  CLASSIC AERO  (SERIAL 4422):      861.3 hrs powered  140.0 hrs in call since 10:29:29 Dec 11, 2006HARDWARE:            PART NUMBER        REVISION     EMS:   1110-A-3400          SOFTWARE:            PART NUMBER        REVISION     EMS:   *************      ***     BOOT CRC:   D96D0D1F     APP. CRC:   557DFF24  Type "menu" to activate the maintenance port menus.Other passwords provide different levels of authorization.time 17.0 seconds: powering on channel card #1time 17.0 seconds: powering on channel card #2
23-15-30 4-3224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(7) System On-Air ChecksConduct system on-air checks to confirm voice and data call capabilities through the satellite and ground station network. Additional testing confirms that proper signal level parameters are obtained through the antenna subsystem.(a) PreparationBefore attempting on-air testing procedures: 1. Complete and confirm all service provider registration and activation.  2. Complete and document all pre power-up and power-up checks. 3. Position the aircraft outside, away from all obstructions in the line-of-sight to the satellite. 4. Apply the aircraft power source. 5. Power on and wait for the IRS to align. 6. Connect a computer (with a terminal emulation program) to the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port.NOTE: Several system parameters, such as IRS data, RF signal quality, and logon messaging, appear on the maintenance port display. Capture and save this maintenance port information to a file for later review or to serve as a historical test record.(b) On-Air Power up and Logon ProcedureFor this test procedure, use the Level 2, maint password to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU. For information on how to connect, access, and use the HSD-440 terminal MPU, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.To perform an on-air power up and logon:  1. With the computer connected, powered up, and ready to accept maintenance port data, power up the HSD-440 terminal. 2. Once the power up messages appear, type the Level 2 password maint. 3. To access the reports menu, press EQUAL SIGN, and then activate reports 21 (call codes) and 23 (standard output). Remember to save these selected items by pressing S (save to EEPROM). 4. To reset the HSD-440 terminal, in Menu 2, press Z, and then immediately type the password maint when the reset messages appear.The data from the previously selected reports 21 and 23 appears. This data refreshes on-screen every second. You can capture this information in a log file for later review or pause the display by pressing SCROLL LOCK or highlighting part of the viewed data. 5. Compare the output data to the sample shown in Figure 4-22.You can review and document several parameters for operational verification purposes. Refer to "Installation Checklist" on page E-1 for a detailed list of parameters.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-3324 JUN 09 6. Verify that the following system information, as shown on the System Initialization Display during the test, is accurate for the HSD-440 terminal under test. • FWD ID/ICAO ID• Installation mode• Number of channel cards• All channel cards trigger OR registrationThe example figure has been edited for clarity. A successful logon is confirmed when channel 3 changes states from Logoff to Logon.
23-15-30 4-3424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0922 ALO: Received user-initiated log on request (auto-select)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [00] 0923 ALO: User-initiated log on request ACCEPTEDCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0924 ALO: State = Entry-11CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0925 ALO: Searching priority group 5CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0926 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 68 not found in blacklistCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0927 ALO: Number of valid satellites found in group = 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0928 ALO: Satellite ID in view = 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0929 ALO: Longitude difference from present position X100 = 6000CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0930 ALO: Best satellite ID = 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0931 ALO: State = Entry-2CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0932 ALO: Pointing antenna: SatId=1 Gen=0 LongX100=-1500 Inc=0, RAsc=100CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0933 ALO: Antenna pointing result = 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0934 ALO: State = Entry-10CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0935 ALO: Tuning Psid #0 to 14006CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0936 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14006, rate=600, CommonTiming = 0CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0937 ALO: Disable Tx Channels. R/T chan: 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0938 ALO: State = Await P-Channel Sync-0CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0939 DspMsg: P-status at t = 193 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0940 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 19317:06:20 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:20 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:22 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:22 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:23 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:23 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0947 DspMsg: P-status at t = 199 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 0)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0948 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 199CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0949 ALO: State = Await Revision Number17:06:25 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:25 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0950 DspMsg: P-status at t = 200 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0952 ALO: Detected System Table revision 57CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0953 ALO: No System Table update required17:06:27 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:27 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0959 ALO: Spot Beam Map revision 1 - no update requiredCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0960 ALO: State = Entry-3CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0961 ALO: At entry-3 with null GES ID and satellite chosen from the ORT; check ORT for corresponding GESCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0962 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 68 not found in blacklistCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0963 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 67 not found in blacklistCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0964 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 65 not found in blacklistCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0965 ALO: Adding to blacklist at index 0, sat ID 1, GES ID 65CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0966 ALO: For sat ID 1 in ORT group 5, number of valid GESs available = 2CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0967 ALO: Selected GES ID = 68CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0968 ALO: AES is in beam 4CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0969 ALO: Tuning Psmc to 14078CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0970 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14078, rate=600, CommonTiming = 0CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0971 ALO: Disable Tx Channels. R/T chan: 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0972 ALO: Requesting Rsmc power for chnl 1: eirp_X100 = 1350, min_slot = 14022, max slot = 1403817:06:27 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon  40.0 C  36 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0973 ALO: State = Await P-Channel Sync-1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0974 DspMsg: P-status at t = 201 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0975 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 201CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0976 ALO: Rsmc power allocated: EIRP requested = 1350, allocated = 135017:06:29 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:29 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:31 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:31 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0980 DspMsg: P-status at t = 207 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 0)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0981 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 207CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0982 ALO: Tuning RsmcCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0983 ALO: Tuning R-channel(1) to 14038, rate=600, eirp_X100=1350CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [06] 0984 DEA: Msg: Log onCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0985 ALO: State = Entry-5CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0986 ALO: Sending log on request to GES 68 for class 3 AES in beam 4CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0987 ALO: State = Await Log-On ConfirmCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [0b] 0988 LLUSER: Log-on in progress AMIDU17:06:33 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:33 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [10] 0995 RTSW: Recovered from missing SYNCHROCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0997 DspMsg: P-status at t = 208 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-3524 JUN 09Figure 4-21  Logon Initialization Display Example17:06:35 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:35 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1004 DspMsg: P-status at t = 210 (fr = 1, sf = 1, uw 1)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1005 DspMsg: P-ch SF lock at t = 21017:06:36 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:36 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:38 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:38 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1031 ALO: Required Rd-channel EIRP x100 = 2040CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1032 ALO: Required T-channel [0] EIRP x100 = 910CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1033 ALO: Required T-channel [1] EIRP x100 = 2040CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1034 ALO: Required T-channel [2] EIRP x100 = 910CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1035 ALO: Requesting Rd/T-channel power for chnl 1: eirp_X100 = 2040, min_slot = 14024, max slot = 1442217:06:40 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon  40.0 C  49 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1036 ALO: State = Await Rd/T-Channel PowerCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1037 ALO: Rd/T-channel power allocated: EIRP X100 requested = 2040, allocated = 2040CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1038 ALO: Tuning Pd/Rd, Pd = 14434, synchronized = 1CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 1039 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14434, rate=10500, CommonTiming = 0CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 1040 ALO: Tuning R-channel(1) to 14422, rate=10500, eirp_X100=2040CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1041 DspMsg: P-status at t = 215 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1042 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 21517:06:40 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:40 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1043 ALO: State = Await Log-On ACKoCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1044 DspMsg: P-status at t = 215 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1045 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 21517:06:42 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:43 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [06] 1139 DEA: Msg: Log onCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1143 ALO: State = Logged-OnCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1144 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 1: sat ID = 0, pref = 5, long X100 = -5250CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1145 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 2: sat ID = 3, pref = 5, long X100 = 6300CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1146 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 3: sat ID = 4, pref = 0, long X100 = 14250CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1147 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 4: sat ID = 1, pref = 5, long X100 = -1500CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1148 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 5: sat ID = 2, pref = 5, long X100 = 17850CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1149 ALO: Satellite handover evaluation table initialized with 5 satellite(s)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1150 ALO: Satellite handover thresholds: bad EIRP = 5, bad antenna = 20, general = 20CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [0b] 1163 LLUSER: Log-on AMIDUCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [3f] 1164 LLUSER: Resetting link layer traffic statistics17:06:45 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:06:45 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  0 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1275 DspMsg: P-status at t = 220 (fr = 1, sf = 1, uw 1)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1276 DspMsg: P-ch SF lock at t = 22017:06:49 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 8306  ACSE failed retry ORR  41.5 C  51 dB Hz17:06:49 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8306  ACSE failed retry ORR  41.5 C  51 dB Hz17:06:52 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  51 dB Hz17:06:53 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  52 dB Hz17:06:56 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR  41.5 C  52 dB Hz17:06:58 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8306  ACSE failed retry ORR  41.5 C  52 dB Hz17:07:01 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  41.5 C  52 dB Hz17:07:05 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR  41.5 C  52 dB HzCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4350 ALO: Evaluating satellite handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4351 ALO: Current satellite = 1 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 = 6000, elevation angle = 12.20 degreesCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4352 ALO: Other candidate satellite = 0 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 = 2250, elevation angle = 33.55 degreesCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4353 ALO: Best satellite = 0 (not current), based on longitude deltaCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4354 ALO: Satellite handover countdown = 19 minute(s)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4355 ALO: Evaluating spot beam handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4356 ALO: AES is still in beam 4CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7537 ALO: Evaluating satellite handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7538 ALO: Current satellite = 1 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 = 6000, elevation angle = 12.20 degreesCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7539 ALO: Other candidate satellite = 0 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 = 2250, elevation angle = 33.55 degreesCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7540 ALO: Best satellite = 0 (not current), based on longitude deltaCARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7541 ALO: Satellite handover countdown = 18 minute(s)CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7542 ALO: Evaluating spot beam handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7543 ALO: AES is still in beam 4
23-15-30 4-3624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(c) On-Air Voice/Data Call VerificationOnce the system has logged on, place a test voice and/or data call. Refer to "System Operation" on page 2-1 for detailed call procedures. Verification of all aircraft communication functions is recommended. Record the test call result on "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.NOTE: For the purposes of providing a sample display, an ISDN voice call is documented. Refer to the HSD Quick Reference, MN-1110-10063, for specific instructions on how to place voice and data calls.(d) On-Air Voice/Data Call Verification ProcedureTo place an on-air voice or data call: 1. Make sure that the maintenance port reports 21 and 23 are activated. 2. Place a test call.  3. Observe the maintenance port messages, and verify that they are similar to the sample provided in Figure 4-22.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-3724 JUN 09Figure 4-22  HSD-440 Terminal Call Display Example(8) Antenna Tracking ChecksAs a final ground-based system check, verify the antenna tracking. This confirms proper signal reception and transmission for all aircraft headings.45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:39 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No=51.4 dB Hz  sig=-31.4 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.5 dB Hz  sig=-32.6 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz  sig=-26.1 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:40 #1 ABC123 E4 start 800124 14.00 dBW  mobile aero 64k speech  41.5 C  52 dB Hz17:12:40 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No=51.5 dB Hz  sig=-32.2 dB    41.5 C  speech  beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz  sig=-32.9 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz  sig=-26.2 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:42 #1 ABC123 E4 start 800124 22.50 dBW  mobile aero 64k speech  41.5 C  52 dB Hz17:12:42 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig=-1000 dB    41.5 C  speech  beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz  sig=-33.7 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz  sig=-26.2 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:44 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig=-19.6 dB    41.5 C  speech  beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz  sig=-32.7 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz  sig=-25.8 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:49 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No=62.2 dB Hz  sig=-19.9 dB    41.5 C  speech  beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.8 dB Hz  sig=-32.6 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz  sig=-25.9 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:51 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No=61.8 dB Hz  sig=-19.8 dB    41.5 C  speech  beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.7 dB Hz  sig=-32.9 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz  sig=-25.9 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft17:12:52 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 1001  call cleared by MES terminal  41.5 C  0 dB Hz17:12:52 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (sbd)CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig=-1000 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.8 dB Hz  sig=-32.6 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=5 CHAN #3: C/No=48.8 dB Hz  sig=-26.1 dB    40.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    40.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft
23-15-30 4-3824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(a) Preparation• Perform all previous tests and document the results before proceeding. • As directed in previous tests, connect a computer to the maintenance port and use the Level 2, maint password to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU.• Power up all avionics and align the IRS.• Taxi or tow the aircraft to an unobstructed, line-of-sight location where a complete 360° rotation is possible.(b) Antenna Tracking Verification ProcedureTo verify antenna tracking:NOTE: Report 8 (Starboard antenna status word) is only required where conformal antennas are installed. 1. From the reports menu, toggle on reports 8 and 20, and toggle off report 23.  2. Position the aircraft at a baseline, start-of-test heading (0 degrees true heading is recommended). 3. Confirm that the baseline heading, as reported by the aircraft IRS, is similar to that reported from the "HD" entry in report 23. 4. Record the following data on the "Installation Checklist" on page E-1:• Antenna selected—port or Starboard (conformal only)• Antenna gain and azimuth angle• Heading• Channel card C/No and signal levels 5. Rotate the aircraft through a full 360° circle while stopping to record data at the following heading intervals:• For conformal or phased arrays: every 15°• For mechanically steered antenna: every 30°(9) Optional System ChecksThe following procedures are recommended but not essential. However, they serve to confirm successful completion of all previous tests.(a) PreparationActivate reports 21 and 23 for the following checks.(b) Optional Voice/Data Calls ProcedureNOTE: As in previous tests, open a log file to capture all maintenance port activity during aircraft taxiing, flight, and landing segments.• Voice/data calls—ground segment: Place any combination of voice and/or data calls while the aircraft is taxied in a full circle and/or a figure 8 pattern. Note any voice or data anomalies.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-3924 JUN 09• Voice/data calls—in flight: Place any combination of voice and/or data calls during flight. The flight pattern may include "standard rate of turn," figure 8, or circles. Note any voice or data anomalies.F. Software Load ProceduresEMS SATCOM may occasionally release new software for the HSD-440 terminal.CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ALL REPORTS AND MENUS ARE TURNED OFF.Load new software with a laptop or computer connected to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal, using the EMS Loader application.NOTE: Refer to the applicable software release note or service bulletin for a specific list of the software files that need to be loaded. If in doubt, verify with EMS SATCOM Product Support that the software version being loaded is the latest release.(1) Loading Channel Card Software CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.This section describes how to load channel card software to HSD-440 terminals using the EMS Loader. To load channel software: 1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal. 2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.  3. Turn on the computer. 4. Save the EMS Loader application file (ADT_LOAD.exe) to the same folder on your computer that contains the software files.It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory and save the load program file and the software files to this folder. 5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.  6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port. 7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe.The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and prompts you to select a target for the software. 8. To load all software on channel card 1, type 22. To load all software on channel card 2, type 23. 9. Press ENTER.The EMS Loader prompts you to select a COM port.
23-15-30 4-4024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal 10.Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER. The EMS Loader prompts you to type a filename. 11. Type config.hex, and then press ENTER.The prompt asks if this is RF control software for TAL2 (channel card 1) or TAL4 (channel card 2). 12.To choose the default, N (No), press ENTER.The EMS Loader will continue to prompt for the next filename. 13.Type the following file names one at a time, press ENTER after each one, type Y or N, and then press ENTER again.• release.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER• cpumain.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER• tmsc33.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER• tmsc64.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER• rfcontrol.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER• rfcontrol2.hex, ENTER, Y, ENTER 14.To terminate the list, press ENTER at the prompt.Communication with the HSD-440 terminal is established. A percentage (%) load status indicator appears on the screen. Once the load is complete, a confirmation message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been successfully loaded. The DOS window closes, and the HSD-440 terminal resets. 15.Repeat this procedure to load software to channel card 2. 16.If no other software loads are required, proceed to "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.NOTE: If the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance. (2) Loading Control Processor Software CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.This section describes how to load control processor software on to HSD-440 terminals. To load control processor software to the HSD-440 terminal: 1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal. 2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.  3. Turn on the computer.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-4124 JUN 09 4. Save ADT_LOAD.exe to the same folder on your computer that contains the software files.It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory and save the load program file and the software files to this folder. 5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.  6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port. 7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe to launch the load application.The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and prompts you to select a target for the software. 8. To load control processor software to the control processor, press 0 (zero), and then press ENTER. The load application prompts you to type a filename. 9. Type the filename for the software being loaded to the HSD-440 terminal control processor, and then press ENTER. The EMS Loader prompts you to select a COM port. 10.Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.  11. To start the load, press ENTER. To abort the software load, press ESC.Communication with the HSD-440 terminal is established. A percentage (%) load status indicator appears on the screen. Once the load is complete, a confirmation message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been successfully loaded. The DOS window closes, and the HSD-440 terminal resets. 12.If no other software loads are required, proceed to "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.NOTE: If the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance. (3) Updating Displayed Software VersionsOnce you have uploaded the major software to the HSD-440 terminal, you must load a BIN file to display the new versions. Load this file according to the applicable software service bulletin released by EMS SATCOM.To update displayed software versions: 1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal. 2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.  3. Turn on the computer. 4. Save ADT_LOAD.exe to the same folder on your computer that contains the software files. It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.
23-15-30 4-4224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal 5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.  6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port. 7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe to launch the load application.The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and prompts you to select a target for the software. 8. To load application software, type 24. 9. Press ENTER.The system prompts you for a filename.NOTE: The filename follows the format li_XX.bin. 10.Type the filename of the software. 11. Press ENTER. The program prompts you to select a COM port. 12.Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.  13.To start the load, press ENTER.A percentage (%) progress indicator appears on the screen. A confirmation message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been successfully loaded, and the DOS window closes. This completes the software load. If all software loads are finished, verify the success of the software load by following the instructions provided in "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.In the event that the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance.(4) Verifying Software LoadsAfter loading all software as specified in the applicable software service bulletin released by EMS SATCOM, verify that all software loaded successfully.NOTE: The screens shown in this procedure are examples only. The software and other versions may differ from your terminal.To verify software loads: 1. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal. 2. On the computer, open a terminal emulation program, such as HyperTerminal, and start the HSD-440 terminal MPU.  3. Connect the computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal. 4. Type maint, and then press ENTER.Menu 1 appears. 5. To scroll to Menu 2, press CTRL+N.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-4324 JUN 09 6. To display the versions of software loaded onto the HSD-440 terminal, press V.A list of firmware versions appears similar to the example provided below (actual versions will differ depending on the software installed on the terminal). 7. Verify that all software has loaded successfully to both channel cards. Verify that the firmware versions shown match the versions listed on the load disk (or files) and in the software service bulletin (examples shown above). 8. Close the terminal emulation program. 9. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.This completes the software load verification.(5) Disconnecting Load EquipmentYou must complete all required software loads and load verification before you disconnect the load equipment.To disconnect load equipment: 1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal (if applicable). 2. Turn off the computer (if applicable). 3. Disconnect the serial cable connector from the COM port. 4. Disconnect the serial cable connector from the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port.2. Troubleshooting and Fault IsolationThis section provides troubleshooting procedures for HSD-440 terminals experiencing faults during the commissioning process or previously operational terminals now considered as not working.Troubleshooting procedures require data obtained using the MPU of the HSD-440 terminals. For specific instructions on how to access and use the maintenance port and MPU, refer to "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.A. Troubleshooting PracticesTroubleshooting practices for the HSD-440 terminal fall into two categories: non-specific and specific complaints.FIRMWARE VERSIONS:   KERNEL:           V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007   APPLICATION:      V11.9 -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007   CHANNEL CARD #1:  4.9.8.0 -- 0.3.6.2 -- 2.1.0.0 -- 2.7.0.0   CHANNEL CARD #2:  1.17.0.1 --  --  -- 2.7.0.0   DATA I/O CARD:    Version 1.39.0.0 built on Feb  2 2007 13:
23-15-30 4-4424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(1) Non-specific ComplaintsWhen troubleshooting terminals with non-specific complaints, complete all system verification and functional tests starting on page 4–23. Document whether the terminal passes or fails each test.If the terminal passes all tests and no fault is discovered, all associated equipment and aircraft wiring should be tested. If the terminal fails a specific test, isolate the actual fault or faults by performing the troubleshooting procedures provided in this section.(2) Specific ComplaintsWhen troubleshooting terminals with specific complaints, you can proceed directly to the applicable troubleshooting and fault isolation procedure provided in this section.B. Equipment RequiredThe equipment required for troubleshooting and fault isolation is the same as the equipment required for test purposes, as listed in "Test and Fault Isolation Equipment Requirements" on page 4-1.C. Troubleshooting AidsThis section presents examples of maintenance screens and troubleshooting tables to assist in troubleshooting and fault isolation activities. The exact screen display may vary depending on the version of the terminal's operational software and installation configuration mode. NOTE: The screens used in the figures presented in this section may have been edited for clarity and illustrative purposes.(1) Fault Isolation Screen DisplaysFigure 4-23 to Figure 4-33 provide example maintenance screens for reference and illustration purposes. Figure 4-23  Successful OR Registration (report 21 activated)time 8.6 seconds: powering on channel card #2card is already onSENDING FIRST OC_RESTART COMMANDtime 22.1 seconds CHAN #2 CONTROL PROCESSOR TRIGGERING ORR IN AORE!!SENDING FIRST OC_RESTART COMMANDtime 22.5 seconds CHAN #1 CONTROL PROCESSOR TRIGGERING ORR IN AORE!!10:45:14 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  32.0 C  54 dB Hz10:45:15 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  32.0 C  55 dB Hz10:45:18 #2 ABC456 E5 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR  32.0 C  54 dB Hz10:45:19 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 8306  ACSE successful ORR  32.0 C  54 dB Hz
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-4524 JUN 09Figure 4-25  No Call (report 23)Figure 4-26  In Call—Swift64 Voice Call on Channel 1 (reports 21 and 23)Figure 4-27  No IRS Data (report 23 activated)10:45:14 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  32.0 C  54 dB Hz10:45:15 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration  32.0 C  55 dB Hz10:45:19 #1 ABC123 E5 stop xxxx  ORR FAIL               32.0 C  54 dB HzFigure 4-24  Failed OR Registration15:14:08 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (p/t)CHAN #1: C/No=51.8 dB Hz  sig=-32.2 dB    42.5 C  no call beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.5 dB Hz  sig=-32.6 dB    42.5 C  no call beam=4 CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz  sig=-24.2 dB    41.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    41.5 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft15:15:04 #1 442BF5 E4 start 800124 14.00 dBW  mobile aero 64k speech  42.5 C  52 dB Hz15:15:03 dop 0 ppb  az 112.2 deg   el 12.2 deg  AORE  ant gain 12.0 (p/t)CHAN #1: C/No=51.8 dB Hz  sig=-32.6 dB    42.5 C  speech  beam=4 CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz  sig=-33.4 dB    42.5 C  no call beam=4 CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz  sig=-24.5 dB    41.0 C  log on  beam=4 CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz  sig= -0.0 dB    41.0 C  no call beam=4 45D0'0.0"N  75D0'0.2"W  PT 0.0D  RL 0.0D  HD 0.0D  TK 0.0D  0 knots  0 ft12:43:55 dop****  az 285.4 deg   el 15.3 deg  AOR EAST  ant gain 12 (p/t)CARD #1: C/No=52.9 dB/Hz  sig=-33.9 dB   27 C  no call beam=4 CARD #2: C/No=52.9 dB/Hz  sig=-34.2 dB   27 C  no call beam=4 ************  ***********  *********  ********  *********  *******  *******CARD #1: C/No=52.4.0 dB/Hz  sig=-33.6 dB   27 C  in call beam=4 CARD #2: C/No=52.4 dB/Hz  sig=-34.5 dB   27 C    no call beam=4 ************  ***********  *********  ********  *********  *******  *******
23-15-30 4-4624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal\Figure 4-28  FWD ID Not in EEPROM (no reports activated)Figure 4-29  ICAO ID Not StrappedFORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1**** strapping identifies forward id ffffff -- not in table ******** eeprom forward id 000000 not in table *****7.6 SECONDS: EEPROM FORCES STAND-ALONE MODEtime 18.0 seconds: powering on channel card #1time 18.0 seconds: powering on channel card #2** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** WARNINGS ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *CHANNEL CARD FORWARD ID IS ZERO** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** **FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1**** eeprom forward id 000000 not in table *****5.5 SECONDS: STAND-ALONE MODE
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-4724 JUN 09Figure 4-30  No Strap on SDI Lines, Open (no reports activated)      MENU 3                            FIRMWARE Vx.xL     list EEPROM                       S     list event logC     clear event log                   M     misc.  EEPROM parameterF     list call log                     G     clear call logO     list ORT                          P     ocean region parameterI     set all LES id's<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reportsG     clear call log<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reportsHPA ERROR CODE 1800hit '0' for complete log   '1' for 'special' events   '-' for specific entryFAULT (ENTRY #1428):  address ABC123: 30 seconds after poweruppowerup #204  389 hours operation  Jan 01 14:19:39 2006ERROR CODE 40HPA FAULT -- 0x1800HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNAHPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNAContinuous Power Requests From LES, Report 21 activated:10:51:26 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 30 C 54 dB/Hz10:51:26 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 29 C 54 dB/Hz10:51:27 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 30 C10:51:27 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 29 C10:51:27 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 29 C 0 dB/Hz10:51:27 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 30 C 0 dB/Hz10:51:29 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29 C 54 dB/Hz10:51:29 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30 C 54 dB/Hz10:51:29 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW  CT SP ocean region registration 30 C
23-15-30 4-4824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure 4-31  Wrong Strap on SDI Lines (TP5A to GND)Figure 4-32  Incorrect Dialing Format (report 52 enabled)Log-on password entered: "Maint"      MENU 1                             FIRMWARE Vx.xX     override forward id               L     test LEDsY     explain error status              U     list event log (hex)F     print equipment stats             M     clear equipment stats<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reportsHPA UNCONTROLLEDY command entered:HPA MAINTENANCE WORD REPORTING ARINC ERRORHPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNAHPA STATUS WORD REPORTING INVALID SSM 1 (NO COMPUTED DATA)HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNAEvent log messages:       MENU 3                            FIRMWARE Vx.xL     list EEPROM                       S     list event logC     clear event log                   M     misc.  EEPROM parameterF     list call log                     G     clear call logO     list ORT                          P     ocean region parameterI     set all LES id's<CTRL> N  next menu      <CTRL> O  previous menu      =  select reportsFAULT (ENTRY #1422):  address ABC123: 30 seconds after powerup  powerup #203  389 hours operation  Jun 03 11:15:07 2003  ERROR CODE 40   HPA FAULT -- 0x1c80   HPA MAINTENANCE WORD REPORTING ARINC ERROR   HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA   HPA STATUS WORD REPORTING INVALID SSM 1 (NO COMPUTED DATA)   HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA11:47:43 #2 ABC456 E4 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR 30 C  50 dB/Hz11:47:46 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 8301  ACSE successful ORR 28 C  50 dB/Hz11:47:55 #1 ABC123 E5 start 800124 14.00 dBW  mobile aero 64k speech 29 C  47 dB/Hz11:47:57 #1 ABC123 E5 start 800124 22.50 dBW  mobile aero 64k speech 28 C  47 dB/Hzcalling 0116135919064#11:48:10 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 11d2 call failed, insufficient digits in service address 28 C 0 calling 0116135919064#
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-4924 JUN 09Figure 4-33  Top/Port Antenna Status (reports 18, 19, and 20 activated)(2) Troubleshooting TableTable 4-22 provides troubleshooting procedures for basic HSD-440 terminal faults. Before starting a troubleshooting procedure, access the HSD-440 terminal MPU using the maint password. For detailed connection and user instructions, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE  open loop tracking  port/top active   HGA   LNA onport maintenance  0x00600003port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport status:  0x608033  SDI: ACU  SSM: NORMAL OPERATION  gain: 12OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE  open loop tracking  port/top active   HGA   LNA onport maintenance  0x00600003port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACUport ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12  maint 600003 SDI=ACU
23-15-30 4-5024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal Table 4-22  Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation Fault Description Maintenance Report  CheckRed LED remains on after powering up sequence• HPA fault  View initial power-up display of the HSD-440 terminal MPUVerify that:• the terminal is well seated in the ARINC tray• the LES ID Code is programmed (Menu 3, option I).HPA error status • reporting invalid SSM• HPA not reporting status word 143• HPA not reporting maintenance word 350• HPA maintenance word reporting ARINC error• HPA maintenance word not reporting HGA antenna• HPA maintenance word reporting Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) error• HPA maintenance word reporting Random Access Memory (RAM) error• HPA reporting Read-only Memory (ROM) error• HPA maintenance word reporting power supply error• HPA maintenance word reporting temperature errorTo obtain an explanation of the HPA error status, in Menu 1, press Y• Check that the external power source is properly connected and meets installation requirements.• Check that the transmit path from HSD-440 terminal output (MPC1) to the antenna subsystem (e.g., coaxial cables, splitters, and relays).• Check that the installation location meets the RTCA/DO-160E environmental specifications.• Check for proper fan-tray operation and air-cooling. • Verify the fan-tray plug distribution is as per the installation requirements.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-5124 JUN 09Call failure IRS information not available Activate maintenance reports 21 and 23See Figure 4-27• Check that the IRS systems are powered on and aligned.• Check that connections to the IRS systems are secured.• Check the polarity of IRS input lines.• If no IRS data is available, use Menu 10 to manually input navigational data to point the antenna to a preferred satellite location and try the call again.System does not log onto the broadbeam Activate maintenance reports 21 and 23 See Figure 4-24• Check that the IRS data is received and valid.• Make sure that a valid FWD ID is read.• Verify that the antenna is pointing in the correct direction.• Make sure that LES access codes are configured correctly.• Verify all coaxial connections.System does not log onto the correct OR Activate maintenance reports 21 and 23See Figure 4-24• Check that the IRS data is received and valid.• Check for antenna line-of-sight interference.Terminal is not transmitting Activate maintenance reports 21 and 23• Check for a defective or loose RF cables.• Verify that the Rx RF level is acceptable.• Check RF power level displayed in maintenance port menu report 21; the EIRP should be requested at 14.00 dBW, but when in call, power level should increase to 22.5 dBW and then level off to approximately 18.5 dBW, but somewhere between 14.5 - 22.5 is acceptable. Levels at the extremes may indicate a problem, especially if calls are hard to complete or being torn down by the LES for undetermined reasons. Check with your ISP help desk.• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is secured properly to the ARINC connector in the tray. Table 4-22  Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)Fault Description Maintenance Report  Check
23-15-30 4-5224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalCall failure (cont’d) ICAO ID is invalid or strapped incorrectly;  FWD ID is invalid or incorrectly entered in EEPROMActivate maintenance report 21See Figure 4-28To check FWD ID/ICAO ID, in Menu 4, press Q• The account registration process has not been completed. Check your account status with your service provider to make sure that the account registration has been processed into the LES databases and your account is valid.• If the message, Channel card stuck in boot state appears in the event log, check that the assigned FWD IDs are entered correctly and ICAO is strapped correctly.Terminal is strapped to an incorrect system mode of installationIn Menu 3, press L (List EEPROM) • Verify the system mode strapping is correct. • Reset the system and observe the initialization display; it shows that the HSD-440 terminal is powering up and displays the terminal’s self-test results. The Initialization display lists the installation mode configuration for the terminal.• If the mode displayed is not strapped or is incorrectly strapped, a temporary setting may be used. In Menu 3, press M (misc. EEPROM parameters), then type 16 (channel card category) and configure the HSD-440 terminal to the correct mode. Reset the terminal and try the call again.Dialing sequence was incomplete or incorrect Activate reports 21 and 52See Figure 4-25• Verify the number you are calling and try the number again.• Make sure that you end the dialing sequence by pressing POUND KEY. Pressing POUND KEY at the end of the dialing string signals the system to send the call. Table 4-22  Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)Fault Description Maintenance Report  Check
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-5324 JUN 09Logon request fails Terminal is not transmitting Activate maintenance reports 21 and 23See Figure 4-24• Check for defective or loose cables.• Check for antenna line-of-sight interference.• Check for HPA fault.• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is secured properly to the ARINC connector in the tray.• Make sure that your account is current and active.Terminal is not receiving  Activate maintenance reports 21 and 23• Check for defective or loose cables.• Make sure that the antenna subsystem DLNA is powered.• Check for antenna line-of-sight interference.• Verify that the ICAO ID is valid, activated, and strapped correctly.• Make sure that your account is current and active.• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is secured properly to the ARINC connector in the tray.Incoming call failure Incoming call shows as a successful connection in report 23, but call does not ring through to the external device (telephone, computer, fax).Activate reports 21 and 23 • Check the connection between the HSD-440 terminal and the external device.• Check configuration of external devices is correct. MSN must be configured correctly for each device connected to the system.• If MSNs are not programmed in the user devices, incoming calls will ring all devices—MSNs cannot be assigned to some devices.NOTE: Zero is an invalid entry.  Table 4-22  Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)Fault Description Maintenance Report  Check
23-15-30 4-5424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalLogon successful, but fails to complete callAuthorization error (fault code 12C4) Activate reports 21 and 23See Figure 4-24See Figure 4-27• Contact your service provider to verify that the FWD ID is activated. • Check that the FWD ID is entered correctly.• Check that IRS data is available and correct.• Check that the Veh Rel Az/EL to Satellite is correct. • Check that all coaxial cable connections are secure.• Check that the Rx C/No value is greater than 50 dB/Hz.• Check that the antenna is functioning.• Check that the LES access codes are valid. • Contact your service provider and verify that they can "see" your Tx signal. To contact the LES operator, dial 33 #.• Contact service provider and request that they place an incoming call to the terminal.• Check the reported HPA back-off in report 21. The signal should initialize at 14 dBW and increase after handshake to approximately 22.5 dBW, then slowly decrease (typically to between 16.5 dBW and 21.5 dBW with a lower limit of 14.5 dBW).HSD-440 terminal is operating outside the normal environmental specificationsChannel card temperature fault  Activate report 21 or 23 • Check channel card temperature; temperatures over 50° C may cause the HSD-440 terminal to shut down.• Check that the fan tray is operational.• Verify that the tray plug distribution is the same as presented in the installation requirements. Table 4-22  Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)Fault Description Maintenance Report  Check
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-5524 JUN 09Calls do not complete and connection is not establishedChannel Congestion (fault code 1851)  Activate reports 21 and 23 • Wait five minutes and try the call again.• Contact the LES to verify congestion. To contact the LES operator, dial 33 #.No call request sent  Activate report 52 • Verify that the call dial string is correct; pressing the POUND KEY at the end of the dialing string signals the system to send the call.• Check that the HSD-440 terminal is transmitting by ensuring the LED power indicator flashes on and off (1 Hz) during a call request.• Check that the ISDN, Ethernet, or POTS cable is connected correctly and securely.No dial tone heard in handset-Activate report 21 • Confirm that ISDN lines are wired correctly.• Verify that handset connection is secure.• Wait a few minutes for the system to warm up, then log on and try your call again.• Check that IRS data is available.• Verify that the terminal has completed beam registration.• Verify that the ICAO is valid and active.• Ensure system is at a LOG ON stateCall drops after successful connectionIf the RF signal fades significantly (during a call), the connection may drop.NOTE: A sudden, severe aircraft banking angle may obstruct the signal long enough (>15 sec.) to drop a call.Activate reports 21 and 23 • Check signal strength.  C/No greater than or equal to 50 dB. • Make sure that there is a clear, unobstructed, line of sight to the satellite.• Select an alternate satellite or beam and try your call again.NOTE: This troubleshooting procedure works if you are located where more than one beam overlaps or satellite is in view. Table 4-22  Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)Fault Description Maintenance Report  Check
23-15-30 4-5624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalD. Fault Isolation and Diagnostic ProceduresThis section provides basic information required for technical personnel to isolate faults in HSD-440 terminals. Where needed, refer to other sections of this manual (which contain important information to aid in understanding the function of the terminal) for additional information. (1) GeneralFault isolation procedures are usually conducted on equipment that falls within one of the following categories:• Terminals that have failed to pass operational and installation verification procedures• Terminals that have failed during service• Terminals repaired and returned to servicePerform all fault isolation procedures provided in this section. Record and document all test results, including LEDs function and maintenance port data outputs (reports 21 and 23). Enable reports 18, 19, and 20 (port) or items 6, 7, and 8 (Starboard) to record antenna, ACU, and DLNA related faults. Enable other reports as required. CAUTION: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURES, REFER TO THE "SAFETY ADVISORIES" ON PAGE INTRO-6.(2) Saving a Diagnostic Reports FileDiagnostic reports are helpful in troubleshooting the HSD-440 terminal. Capturing maintenance port information from the HSD-440 terminal and forwarding the file to EMS SATCOM technical support staff will assist in troubleshooting suspected HSD-440 terminal problems. Instructions on how to activate and save "reports" information is provided in "Saving a Diagnostic Reports File" on page 4-56.To save a diagnostics reports file: 1. Open a log file on the maintenance port, terminal program. (If you are using HyperTerminal, use the "Transfer, capture text" function.) 2. Power the system on or if applicable reset the system. 3. Enter maintenance mode on the maintenance port using maint as the password. 4. To activate reports 21 and 23 and toggle off all other reports, press EQUAL SIGN. 5. To save these reports as default, press S. This enables the user to view these reports on subsequent HSD-440 terminal power-ups or Reset entries.  6. Reset the system by cycling the power to the terminal; pressing the reset button on the HSD-440 terminal front panel; or, in Menu 2, pressing Z. NOTE: The HSD-440 terminal must be logged on to the Aero H+ service. 7. Log on to the maintenance port using the password: maintThe system restarts and ocean registration takes place (approximately two minutes). 8. To display Menu 2, press CTRL+N.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 4-5724 JUN 09 9. To display the software versions of the system, press V. 10.Make a call from the system or execute the procedure or sequence that causes the call failure. Make a note of the call progress. For example: Did you get a dial tone? Was the call successful? 11. If applicable, attempt calls from the remaining channel. 12.To display the current reports profile of the system (as noted in step 4), press EQUAL SIGN.  13.To save an alternate reports configuration, activate the required items, and then, to save to EEPROM, press S in the reports menu. 14.To display the ORT List, press CTRL+N until Menu 3 appears, and then press O. (The ORT list displays one terminal screen of information at a time. To display the next screen, press O.) 15. To list the complete event log, in Menu 3:• press S (list event log)• press 0 (list complete log)• press PERIOD (list all remaining entries) 16.To list the complete call log, in Menu 3:• press F (list call log) • press F again (list complete log) • press PERIOD (list all remaining entries)• for extended information, press X 17.Close the log file on the terminal program. 18.The log file is in text format (.txt file). Open the file and add notes to the beginning of the file indicating:• System serial number (from the label on the front of the terminal) • Aircraft ID and customer name• Any notes about the problems encountered• Contact name, telephone number, and e-mail address• E-mail the log file to EMS SATCOM technical support at support@emssatcom.com3. Adjustment/Alignment ProceduresThere are no adjustment/alignment procedures required for HSD-440 terminals.4. Modification HistoryThe HSD-440 terminal currently has no history of modifications.
23-15-30 4-5824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 5-124 JUN 09MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRThis section provides maintenance and repair information for the HSD-440 terminal, including the following sections:•Maintenance•Repair•Instructions for Continued Airworthiness1. MaintenanceThe HSD-440 terminal does not require routine maintenance.2. RepairAll repair procedures must be completed by qualified technicians at EMS SATCOM-approved repair facilities.A. Repair Tools and SuppliesNo special supplies are required to repair this equipment. HSD-440 terminals that require service must be returned to EMS SATCOM or to an EMS SATCOM-approved service center. Refer to "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1 for terminal testing requirements and procedures.B. Repair ProceduresThis equipment does not require any special repair procedures. C. Removal ProceduresIf an HSD-440 terminal must be removed from service for repair, remove power, disconnect all equipment from the terminal and then remove it from the ARINC tray. D. Repair Facility ApprovalsEMS SATCOM, located at 400 Maple Grove Road in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, is a Transport Canada Approved Maintenance Organization (AMO). In accordance with the Technical Arrangement on Maintenance between Canada and the European aviation authority JAA, and due to the Bilateral Agreement between Canada and the United States aviation authority FAA, EMS SATCOM conforms to the maintenance requirements of JAR 145 and FAR 145 respectively.E. Return for Repair InformationTo return equipment to EMS SATCOM for repair, follow the Return Materials Authorization procedure. Failure to comply with this procedure may cause shipping delays and additional charges.
23-15-30 5-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal(1) Warranty ReturnsEquipment that qualifies for warranty repair can be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer shall pay the shipping costs to EMS SATCOM and EMS SATCOM will pay for the shipping costs to return the repaired/replaced terminal to the customer.(2) Non-Warranty ReturnsEquipment that fails to work properly because of improper or negligent use, abuse, shipping damage, or any other condition can still be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer will be notified of the cost to repair or replace the terminal prior to invoicing for the repair or replacement. The customer shall pay for the shipping costs to and from EMS SATCOM.(3) Repackaging RequirementsAn HSD-440 terminal returned to EMS SATCOM must be returned in its original shipping container. Failure to do so may invalidate the warranty. If an HSD-440 terminal shipping container is unavailable, the customer must request a replacement container from EMS SATCOM or assume responsibility for the packaging and shipping.(4) Return Materials Authorization (RMA) ProcedureIf it is determined that a terminal must be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or overhaul, please follow the RMA procedure below. 1. Have the following information ready before calling EMS SATCOM Product Support: • Model (e.g., HSD-440 terminal)• Terminal part number (e.g., 1252-A-3400)• Serial number• Description of failure• Aircraft tail number, serial number, and aircraft model number 2. Call EMS SATCOM Product Support at 1-888-300-7415 (North America) or +1-613-591-3086 (rest of the world). 3. An EMS SATCOM Product Support Specialist will attempt to resolve the problem by telephone. If the terminal must be returned to EMS SATCOM, the Product Support Specialist will authorize the R&O Coordinator to issue an RMA Number.  4. Pack the HSD-440 terminal in the original shipping container or an EMS SATCOM-approved shipping-container.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 5-324 JUN 09 5. Write the RMA number on the outside of the shipping container and on all shipping documents, enclose a copy in the box, and send your prepaid shipment to:EMS SATCOM (867480857)400 Maple Grove RoadOttawa, Ontario, CANADA K2V 1B8RMA #: ___________ATTN: Repair & OverhaulTel: 613 591-6040 extension 1214Fax: 613 591-8951Email: rmareturns@emssatcom.com 6. Fax or email the details of the shipment to the R&O Coordinator, including the following information: Shipment date, carrier name and the waybill number. NOTE: The processing of LRU returns is limited to standard business hours from 8:30 am to 5:00 pm EST. For General inquires and status requests, please contact the R&O department directly:Phone: 613-591-9064, extension 1214 (R&O group)Email:  rmareturns@emssatcom.comFax:     613-591-89513. Instructions for Continued AirworthinessThis section presents the instructions for continued airworthiness, as per FAR 25.1529, of the HSD-440 terminal. Installation of the HSD-440 terminal on an aircraft by supplemental type certificate (STC) or Form 337 obligates the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information supplied by this manual in the operator's Aircraft Maintenance manual and the operator's Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance Program. The following paragraphs describe all maintenance requirements and instructions for continued airworthiness of the HSD-440 terminal. • Add the LRU part numbers and other necessary part numbers contained in this manual to the aircraft operator's appropriate, aircraft illustrated parts catalog (IPC).• Add all wiring diagram information contained in this manual to the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.• HSD-440 terminals are considered on-condition units. No additional or routine maintenance is required. • If an HSD-440 terminal is inoperative, remove the terminal, secure cables and wiring, collar applicable switches and circuit breakers, and placard them as inoperative. Before flight, revise the equipment list and weight and balance data as applicable and record the removal of the terminal in the log book [refer to section 91.213 of the FAR or the aircraft's
23-15-30 5-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminalminimum equipment list (MEL)]. • HSD-440 terminals are not field-repairable. All terminals must be returned to the EMS SATCOM factory or authorized repair centers for repair.• Repaired terminals must be re-installed on the aircraft in accordance with the instructions provided in this manual. The operation of all repaired terminals must be verified using the operational verification tests and procedures provided in this manual before being approved for return to service. All special tools required to test the terminal for approval for return to service are listed and described in "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1. Approval for return to service must be entered in the logbook as required by section 43.9 of the FAR.• The following scheduled maintenance tasks must be added to the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft maintenance program:• Recommended periodic scheduled servicing tasks: None required.• Recommended periodic inspections: None required.• Recommended periodic scheduled preventative maintenance tests (tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures): None required.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 A-124 JUN 09APPENDIX A: INMARSAT SATELLITE BEAM COVERAGEInmarsat operates strategically placed geostationary satellites called I-3 and I-4. I-3 satellites provide access to services such as Swift64 and Aero H/H+, and I-4 satellites provide access to SBB services.Each I-3 satellite is located over and named after an OR. The four satellite ORs are: • Atlantic Ocean Region-East (AOR-E)• Atlantic Ocean Region-West (AOR-W)• Indian Ocean Region (IOR)• Pacific Ocean Region (POR)Figure A-1 represents the satellite ORs with approximate transfer coordinates for satellite transitions.Figure A-1  Satellite ORsThe four satellite ORs are made up of smaller, spot-beam coverage areas. The following maps show the Inmarsat satellite spot-beam coverage for the four ORs, and a composite map of the four regions combined.NOTE: Figure A-2 and Figure A-3 depict Inmarsat's expectations of coverage but do not represent a guarantee of service and should not be relied upon. The availability of service at the edge of coverage areas fluctuates depending upon a variety of conditions.
23-15-30 A-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure A-2  Inmarsat I3 Satellite Beam Coverage—Composite Map
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 A-326 JUN 09Figure A-3  Inmarsat I-3 Satellite Beam Coverage—OR MapsAt the time of publishing, three I-4 satellites are in service: Americas, EMEA and Asia-Pacific.Figure A-4 shows the area that is covered by the I-4 satellites.
23-15-30 A-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalFigure A-4  I-4 Satellite Coverage Map
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 B-124 JUN 09APPENDIX B: TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLISTBefore performing the detailed testing and troubleshooting procedures provided in this manual, read the following Troubleshooting Checklist. Use the Troubleshooting Checklist to make sure that you have not missed any key steps in the HSD-440 terminal setup. 1. Have you registered with a service provider to activate service?You must register with an Inmarsat-authorized service provider to activate an account to access the Satellite Communications network using an HSD-440 terminal. Contact Inmarsat for a list of available service providers at:Inmarsat Customer Care 99 City Road, London, EC1Y 1AXTel: +44 20 7728 1777 Fax: +44 20 7728 1142E-mail: customer_care@inmarsat.comThe ISN (supplied by EMS SATCOM) and ICAO address are required to activate an account. 2. Has your account been activated? Once registered, your HSD-440 terminal is assigned Inmarsat Serial Numbers which include FWD IDs. The ICAO address of the HSD-440 terminal must be strapped accordingly and FWD ID must be entered. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed strapping and installation instructions. NOTE: The service registration information may take a few days to be incorporated into the system databases at the LES level. New terminals being commissioned are not validated by the LES until their customer database has been updated by Inmarsat to reflect the registration and activation of your terminal.NOTE: To verify that the service registration information has been validated at the LES, call 33 # for assistance. Confirm with the LES operator that the FWD IDs assigned to your terminal are valid and active. 3. Is the HSD-440 terminal seated properly?In cases where the HSD-440 terminal is not fully seated into the ARINC 600 connector (to the rear of the Fan Tray), the user may experience intermittent system operation. If intermittent system operation occurs:• Check that the polarization pins are installed correctly as indicated on the applicable Outline and Installation diagram. • Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is fully inserted into the tray and that the front hold-down screws are properly tightened to secure the terminal. 4. Is all cabling attached correctly and securely? Broken connections and improper cabling are the most common causes of HSD-440 terminal malfunctions. Before proceeding with testing and troubleshooting, complete the following checks:• Check that all cables and wiring are routed and connected correctly and securely.
23-15-30 B-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal• Make sure that the terminal is installed with the correct power source. • Verify that all external user and networking devices (for example: TAs, routers, fax, telephones, computers) are connected and configured properly. 5. Have any changes to the system been made? For previously installed and functional terminals, make note of any changes made to the system since the last time the terminal functioned without problems. • Were any new devices or systems connected to the terminal?• Have any connecting devices or equipment been removed or replaced? If so, check that all new or replaced connections are attached and configured correctly.• Have you changed service providers or re-configured the system in any way?  6. Are your LES Access Codes programmed for all ORs? The system default for LES access codes is set to 0 (zero), which must be configured to valid LES access codes before operation. Refer to "System Operation" on page 2-1 for details. 7. Was the operational mode of the system strapped or configured correctly?Verify that the system mode wiring straps match the installation configuration mode. Only Stand-Alone Mode is currently supported.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 C-124 JUN 09APPENDIX C: RJ45 CABLE TERMINATION DETAILSFigure C-1  RJ45 Cable Termination Details
23-15-30 C-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 D-124 JUN 09APPENDIX D: INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLISTInstallation Planning Steps1. Register the terminalRecord the following information (provided by EMS SATCOM upon purchase)Terminal Category Type—A Inmarsat Serial Numbers (ISN) x 2 12Contact your Service Provider and provide the two 12-digit ISNs from aboveRecord the FWD IDs received (part of the ISN) and corresponding Inmarsat Mobile Numbers (IMN)  1 2FWD IDs(last 6 digits of ISN)IMNsISDN speechISDN(3.1 kHz audio)ISDN 56 kbpsISDN 64 kbpsMPDSService Provider LES Access Codes (depend on Service Provider)AOR-WAOR-EIORPOR2. Pin StrappingThe following strapping is requiredItem Strapped pinsSystem mode Stand-Alone Mode only SDI 3. Wiring
23-15-30 D-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalAntenna Multi-Control BITE A/B HPA Mute A/B Power ISDN:Wire one ISDN line to the ISDN port.ISDN-1 Ethernet:Wire both Ethernet ports for SBBWire both Ethernet ports to deploy 2 separate networks Ethernet-1 Ethernet-2 Inertial Navigation System (INS) Analog Tip/Ring (POTS) CEPT-E1, Future PBX applications (optional) 4. ConfigurationStrap the ICAO address and program the FWD ID Program the Land Earth Station (LES) Access Codes Configure the CNX Cabin Gateway if required Set the GES preferences using the EEPROM settings in Menu 3, option K.Installation Planning Steps
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 E-124 JUN 09APPENDIX E: INSTALLATION CHECKLISTAircraft Identification: HSD-440 Terminal Model No.:HSD-440 Terminal Install. Mode: HSD-440 Terminal Serial No.:Name Signature DateChecks completed by:Approved/Witnessed by:Section Parameter Item N/A 9ValueInstallation / MechanicalPhysical Service/maintenance accessEnvironmental considerations—see "Environmental Requirements" on page 3-4Fan Tray Plug configuration—see "Fan Tray Requirements" on page 3-4Chassis bonding—see "Chassis Grounding" on page 3-5Fan rotation—unobstructedARINC 600 Con. Polarized pinsInstallation / ElectricalPower Connections + 28 V dc polarity115 V ac polarityChassis groundingVoltage Levels + 28 V dc level115 V ac levelIRS Input IRS wiringIRS format
23-15-30 E-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalMove the aircraft in a circle and check the signal and C/No.Config. Strap Pins SDISystem configurationICAO addressWOW (optional)Ethernet Wired to RJ45 distribution pointsISDN Wired to RJ45 distribution pointsRemotes Manual reset switch operationMaintenance port (DB9 access)Power and Fault indicatorsRF Coaxial Rx i/p cable lossTx o/p cable lossAntenna Antenna manufacturer and typeWired as per manufacturerConfiguration LES Access codesStand-Alone ModeFWD IDTestSystem Power-Up Visual LED indicationsPower-up computer displayTest On-AirSystem Logon Reset message observedLogon verifiedTestOptional Checks Ground segmentFlight segmentSection Parameter Item N/A 9Value
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 E-324 JUN 09Operational TestHeading (Deg)  Antenna Selected Antenna AzimuthHSD-440 terminalCH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 4C/No Signal C/No Signal C/No Signal C/No Signal153045607590105120135150165180195210225240255270285300315330345360
23-15-30 E-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalBlank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-124 JUN 09APPENDIX F: ACARS/CMU MESSAGESThe ACARS/CMU communicates with the HSD-440 terminal using two types of communications: Broadcast messages and Bit Oriented Protocol (BOP) messages. Both types of communication are supported at the same time.This section includes descriptions of the messages that the ACARS/CMU will transmit to the HSD-440 terminal and receive from the HSD-440 terminal.(1) Understanding Broadcast MessagesIn this communication type, the ACARS/CMU uses an ARINC 429 bus to convey status word exchanges, join/leave words, and other control and command communications to the HSD-440 terminal using conventional ARINC 429 broadcast techniques.The ACARS/CMU can transmit messages to the HSD-440 terminal and receive messages from the HSD-440 terminal using this communication type.(a) Understanding Messages Transmitted to the HSD-440 TerminalThe ACARS/CMU transmits broadcast mode messages, including identification and status words, to the HSD-440 terminal.The rate at which the ACARS/CMU transmits messages to the HSD-440 terminal depends on the device from which the message is coming, as shown in Table F-1. Table F-1  ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices CMU Input Port Activity Label Minimum Update Rate (Hz)Cabin Terminal 1 172 1Cabin Terminal 2 172 1CFDIU 125 1X-Talk Bus N/A N/AACMS 172 1FMC 1 270 1FMC 2 270 1HFDR 1 270 1HFDR 2 270 1MCDU 1 172 1MCDU 2 172 1MCDU 3 172 1OOOI 1 Aircraft specific 1OOOI 2 Aircraft specific 1Printer 350 1SDU 1 270 1
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-224 JUN 09For all devices connected to the ACARS/CMU, a bus is active when the ACARS/CMU receives three consecutive words at the specified rate. A bus has failed when the ACARS/CMU fails to receive three consecutive words.1. Understanding System Identification Label 172Each ACARS/CMU transmits system identification label 172 (SAL 304) to the HSD-440 terminal. Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of this label.2. Understanding Status Word 1; Label 270Each ACARS/CMU transmits status word 1 to the HSD-440 terminal. The standby ACARS/CMU checks to see if its status words are the same as the active ACARS/CMU using its cross-talk connections. In some cases, the status words should be different, as shown in Table F-2.SDU 2 270 1OOOI 3 Aircraft specific 1OOOI 4 Aircraft specific 1OOOI 5 Aircraft specific 1OOOI 6 Aircraft specific 1VDR 1 270 1VDR 2 270 1VDR 3 270 1XPDR/ICAO 1 275 1XPDR/ICAO 2 275 1FMC HS 1 270 1FMC HS 2 270 1EFB-1 172 1EFB-2 172 1 Table F-2  Status Word 1 Differences Bit Label Meaning9270 Determines the position of the ACARS/CMU in the cockpit; see Table F-310 276 Determines the position of the ACARS/CMU in the cockpit; see Table F-316 270 Determines the health of the ACARS/CMU20 270 Determines which ACARS/CMU is active and which is on standby Table F-1  ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices (Continued)CMU Input Port Activity Label Minimum Update Rate (Hz)
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-324 JUN 09The ACARS/CMU transmits its position in the cockpit to the HSD-440 terminal using bits 9 and 10, as shown in Table F-3.Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of this label.3. Understanding Status word 2; Label 276Each ACARS/CMU transmits status word 2 to the HSD-440 terminal. The standby ACARS/CMU checks to see if its status words are the same as the active ACARS/CMU using its cross-talk connections. In some cases, the status words should be different, as shown in Table F-3.Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of this label.4. Understanding ICAO Address Words One and Two; Labels 214 and 216Each ACARS/CMU transmits the same 24 bit ICAO address to the HSD-440 terminal via address words one and two. Table F-4 shows the labels and their bit positions.Each ACARS/CMU identifies itself using bits 9 and 10, as shown in Table F-3.If straps on the HSD-440 terminal ARINC 600 connector are present, they will override the ICAO address content of these words. ORT settings will also override the ICAO address if the override bit is set.Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of these labels.22-25 276 HF Status (HFDL Installed and HFDL Failed)26 Determines whether an ACARS or CMU is installed; ACARS = 1, CMU = 0 Table F-3  Bits 9 and 10 Positions SDI 1 (bit 9) SDI 2 (bit 10) Position0 0 Single0 1 Left1 0 Right1 1 Not used Table F-4  ICAO Address Words One and Two Labels Label Bits Bit positions214 first 16 bits 14–29216 last 8 bits 13–20 Table F-2  Status Word 1 Differences (Continued)Bit Label Meaning
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-424 JUN 095. Understanding FWD ID Address Word One and Two; Labels 220 and 221Each ACARS/CMU transmits the same 24 bit FWD ID address to the HSD-440 terminal. Table F-5 shows the labels and their bit positions.Since each Swift64 channel requires a FWD ID, additional FWD IDs may be derived from the first FWD ID using an internal lookup table. Each ACARS/CMU can transmit a second FWD ID using address words identical to labels 220 and 221, but using labels 222 and 223, respectively. If the ORT contains a FWD ID, it will override the content of these words.ARINC 781 Supplement 1 describes the word format of these labels.6. Understanding Time Clock Time Word; Label 150Each ACARS/CMU transmits the time word to the HSD-440 terminal on the A429 bus. The format for the time word is shown in Table F-6.7. Understanding Time Clock Date Word; Label 260Each ACARS/CMU transmits the date word to the HSD-440 terminal on the A429 bus. The format for the date word is shown in Table F-7. Table F-5  FWD ID Address Word One Labels Label Bits Bit positions220 first 16 bits 14–29221 last 8 bits 13–20 Table F-6  Time Clock Time Word Format Bit Position(s) Label Description31–30 SSM SSM per A429P128–24 Hours 5 Bit binary for hours; 0–2323–18 Minutes 6 Bit binary for minutes; 0–5917–12 Seconds 6 Bit binary for seconds; 0–5911 Pad to Zero Binary 010–9 SDI See Table F-38–1 Octal Label 150 Table F-7  Time Clock Date Word Format Bit Position(s) Label Description31–30 SSM SSM per A429P129–28 Tens of Days 2 Bit BCD for tens of days of calendar month; 0–327–24 Days 5 Bit BCD for days; 0–923 Tens of Months 1 Bit BCD for tens of months; 0–122–19 Months 4 bit BCD for months 0–9
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-524 JUN 09(b) Understanding Messages Received from the HSD-440 TerminalThe HSD-440 terminal transmits the following identification and status words to all ACARS/CMUs.Table F-8 shows Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758, which describes the rates at which the HSD-440 terminal transmits messages to the ACARS/CMU.18–15 Tens of years 4 Bit BCD for tens of years 0–914–11 years 3 Bit BCD for years 0–910–9 SDI See Table F-38–1 Octal Label 260 Table F-8  HSD-440 Terminal Transmission Rates Label Name Rate General Output Buses 1,2General Output Buses 3,4DFS/UTCComm Output Bus 4Comm Output Buses 6,7General Output Buses 5,9,10030 DFS Tuning word 5/S X172 Subsystem Identifier 1/S X X X X X377 Equipment Identifier 1/S X350 BITE Word 1 (Binary) 1/S X351 BITE Word 2 (Binary) 1/S X125 UTC BCD 1/S X150260UTC BinaryUTC BCD Date1/S1/SXX270 Status Output 1 1/S X X X X X276 Status Output 2 1/S X X X X X214 ICAO 24-bit aircraft address word 11/S X X X X X216 ICAO 24-bit aircraft address word 21/S X X X X X047 DFS Autotune Word 8.33 kHz 5/S X Table F-7  Time Clock Date Word Format (Continued)Bit Position(s) Label Description
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-624 JUN 091. Understanding System Identification Label 172The HSD-440 terminal transmits system identification label 172 (SAL 307) if it is a single HSD-440 terminal that should be identified as SDU 1, as per ARINC 741 and ARINC 758. If the HSD-440 terminal should be identified as SDU 2, it transmits label 172 (SAL 173).You can find the SDU identity information in the ORT. If no information is available, the terminal identifies itself as SAL 307 by default.ARINC 781 Supplement 1 describes the word format of these labels.2. Understanding Status Word 1; Label 270The HSD-440 terminal transmits status word 1 to the ACARS/CMU. The general format of status word 1 is defined in ARINC 781 Supplement 1; however, the representation of each bit is shown in Table F-9. Table F-9  Status Word 1 Bits Bit(s) Description If Set9–10 SDI (per ARINC Specification 429 Section 2.1.4)•Set to 00, all call11 Data Link via CMU Inactive • Due to equipment failure, no active ARINC 429 input buses from the CMUs (also indicated by bits 12 and/or 19) or no logon12 CMU 1 Inactive • CMU 1 transmission of a valid Label 270 is inactive13 Voice Unavailable • Terminal is logged off or logged on to the Low Gain System for reasons other than equipment failure; i.e., Low Gain Reversion because of operation in a key hole, very low elevation angles, or blockage• Bit may be used to generate a cockpit advisory message (e.g., >SATCOM VOICE UNAVAILABLE)14 SELCAL • Indicates that a new cockpit voice circuit has been established for a ground-initiated call• Depending on the aircraft setting, this bit may result in a visual annunciation of the new call on the EICAS/ECAM/EDU and activation of the cockpit chime• Crew should refer to the EICAS/ECAM/EDU to determine which system is annunciating the call• Bit should remain set until an appropriate acknowledgement is received• Crew should make sure that the bit has been cleared in all transmitted samples for at least two seconds prior to being set, and then set for at least four seconds or until the annunciation is acknowledged, whichever occurs last
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-724 JUN 0915 Message Alert with Chime • Refer to MCDU messages for timely information• Terminal should clear this bit once positive pilot response has been detected16 Message Alert without Chime • Refer to MCDU messages for routine information• Terminal should clear this bit once positive pilot response has been detected17 Not Logged-On • Terminal is not logged onto a ground station18 Master/Slave • Originating terminal is the slave or the disabled unit in a dual installation19 CMU 2 Inactive • CMU 2 transmission of valid Label 270 is detected inactive20 Cockpit Fault • No cockpit voice nor CMU data transmissions via terminal are possible (due to equipment failure)21 Cockpit Voice Fault • No cockpit voice transmissions via terminal are possible due to equipment failure22 Voice Call 1 • Terminal has detected a low priority (4) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 123 Voice Call 2 • Terminal has detected a low priority (4) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 224 Voice Alert 1 • Terminal has detected a high priority (1, 2, or 3) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 125 Voice Alert 2 • Terminal has detected a high priority (1, 2, or 3) flight deck incoming voice call on channel 226 Cockpit Voice Communication 1 • A cockpit voice communication is connected on channel 127 Cockpit Voice Communication 2 • A cockpit voice communication is connected on channel 228 • Reserved Table F-9  Status Word 1 Bits (Continued)Bit(s) Description If Set
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-824 JUN 093. Understanding Join/Leave Word; Label 271Each of the Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN) subnetworks transmits join and leave words to the ACARS/CMU whenever a path to a specified ground address changes.The join event notifies the ACARS/CMU that a new path to a specified ground address is available, triggering ATN air-to-ground communications. The leave event notifies the ACARS/CMU that a path to a specified ground address has been closed, ending ATN air-to-ground communications.Table F-10 shows the definitions of the bits in the join/leave word.29 Data • No active ACARS/CMU is available at the SDU, or the active ACARS/CMU does not respond with a Loop Word in response to a Test Word• This bit being set can be caused by the following: • Bus inactivity on all ACARS/CMU inputs• Bus activity, but no declared active ACARS/CMU• Bit may be used to set a cockpit advisory message (e.g., >SATCOM DATA) indicating to the flight crew a loss of data link capability due to a failure in the ACARS/CMU interface.30–31 SSM (per ARINC Specification 429, Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.5.3, except that 11 = Not Defined) Table F-10  Join/Leave Word Bits Bits DefinesBits 8–1 Word Label 271:• Uses the A429 convention• Coded as 10011101Bits 16–9 GES ID: • 0 is an invalid ID• FF is used for all GESs• ID numbers between 1 and FE are valid GES IDs• GES ID is known to the HSD-440 terminalBits 22–17 Satellite ID Table F-9  Status Word 1 Bits (Continued)Bit(s) Description If Set
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-924 JUN 094. Understanding Fault Summary Word 1; Label 350The HSD-440 terminal transmits fault summary word 1 to monitor the function of units that are part of or connected to the HSD-440 terminal. The bits of this word are shown in Table F-11.ARINC Characteristic 741 describes the word format of this label.5. Understanding Fault Summary Word 2; Label 351The HSD-440 terminal transmits fault summary word 2 to monitor the function of the ARINC 429 buses of the units that are part of or connected to the HSD-440 terminal. The bits of this word are shown in Table F-12.Bits 25–23 Inmarsat Service:• Aero L 000• Aero I 001• Aero H 010• Aero H+ 011Bits 28–26 Not used; padded with zerosBit 29 Data link from the AES to the GES:• Available (a Join message; Bit = 1)• Not Available (a Leave message; Bit = 0)• Identified by the GES ID and Satellite ID fields• CMU uses this information to initiate networklayer virtual circuits with available ground routers by determining the ground routers’ DTE addresses from the provided GES identity• Bits 9–16, (GES) and Bits 17–22 (Satellite ID) uniquely identify a GES• Aero Service Type field may be used by the CMU to make routing decisionsBits 31–30 SSM information (ARINC 429 para 2.1.5) Table F-11  Fault Summary Word 1 Bits Bits Use29–11 Report systems as fail or OK11, 13, 16, 19, and 21 Report a fault Table F-10  Join/Leave Word Bits (Continued)Bits Defines
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1024 JUN 09ARINC Characteristic 741 describes the word format of this label.(2) Understanding BOP MessagesIn BOP messages, the ACARS/CMU uses Version 1 of the BOP to convey non-broadcast-type messages between the aircraft and ground ends of the HSD-440 terminal, as published in ARINC 429 P3.Timer values are set to the default definitions in ARINC Specification 429, as shown in Table F-13, Table F-14, and Table F-15. Table F-12  Fault Summary Word 2 Bits Bits Use29–11 Report systems as inactive or OK13, 14, 15, 16 , 17, 21, and 24 Report that no bus activity is detected by the HSD-440 terminal Table F-13  BOP Events Event Description Standard ValueN1Max number of RTS repeats following NCTS 5N2Max number of RTS repeats following Busy 20N3Max number of RTS repeats following No response 5N4Number of NAK words received before declaring failure of communication 3N5Number of SYN words received before declaring failure of communication 3N6Max number of ALO repeats following No response 3 Table F-14  Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1 Time Description Min Value Max ValueTimer or Design Goal for Source or SinkNotes ReferenceT1CTS/NCTS send time 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.7T2RTS repeat time after receipt of NCTS 500 ms 700 ms Timer for Source 2.5.7.2T3Busy send time 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.7.3T4RTS repeat time after receipt of Busy 15 sec 18 sec Timer for Source 2.5.7.3T5RTS repeat time if no response 500 ms 700 ms Timer for Source 2.5.7.4
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1124 JUN 09T6Time of random timer to resolve RTS conflicts 50 ms 500 ms Goal for Source 32.5.81T7Increment of time T610 ms 100 ms Goal for Source 32.5.81T8ACK/NAK/SYN send time 0 ms 200 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.13T9LDU timeout following CTS 2.5 sec 2.7 sec Timer for Sink 2.5.13.21.5.13.6T10 ACK/NAK timeout 2.7 sec 3.0 sec Timer for Source 42.5.16T11 Loop back send time 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.17.1T12 ALO repeat time if no response to ALO 200 ms 250 ms Timer for Source 2.5.19.1T13 SOT send time after receipt of CTS 0 ms 200 ms Goal for Source 22.5.10T14 Incomplete file timeout 2 min 2.2 min Timer for Sink 2.5.14.3T15 ALR send time 0 ms 180 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.19.1.2T16 ACK/NAK timeout after EOT 220 ms 330 ms Timer for Source 2.5.16 Table F-15  Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 Time Description Min Value Max ValueTimer or Design Goal for Source or SinkNotes ReferenceT1CTS/NCTS send time 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.7T2RTS repeat time after receipt of NCTS 100 ms 140 ms Timer for Source 2.5.7.2T3Busy send time 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.7.3T4RTS repeat time after receipt of Busy 1.0 sec 1.2 sec Timer for Source 2.5.7.3T5RTS repeat time if no response 150 ms 200 ms Timer for Source 2.5.7.4 Table F-14  Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1 (Continued)Time Description Min Value Max ValueTimer or Design Goal for Source or SinkNotes Reference
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1224 JUN 09(a) Understanding BOP OptionsThe HSD-440 terminal uses the following BOP options for the ACARS/CMU interface. The ORT specifies the values for these options. If no information is available, then the options default to the values shown in Table F-16.T6Time of random timer to resolve RTS conflicts 50 ms 500 ms Goal for Source 32.5.81T7Increment of time T610 ms 100 ms Goal for Source 32.5.81T8ACK/NAK/SYN send time 0 ms 200 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.13T9LDU timeout following CTS 400 ms 440 ms Timer for Sink 2.5.13.22.5.13.6T10 ACK/NAK timeout 600 ms 660 ms Timer for Source 42.5.16T11 Loop back send time 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.17.1T12 ALO repeat time if no response to ALO 200 ms 250 ms Timer for Source 2.5.19.1T13 SOT send time after receipt of CTS 0 ms 100 ms Goal for Source 22.5.10T14 Incomplete file timeout 10 sec 11 sec Timer for Sink 2.5.14.3T15 ALR send time 0 ms 180 ms Goal for Sink 22.5.19.1.2T16 ACK/NAK timeout after EOT 220 ms 330 ms Timer for Source 2.5.16 Table F-16  BOP Option Defaults Option  Value  Notes O1 Half Half or Full Duplex OperationO2 ORT value High or Low Speed BusLow speed is defaultO3 No Automatic CTS when readyO4 No Accept Automatic CTSO5 Yes (high-speed data terminal)System Priority to Resolve RTS ConflictO6 -- Spare Table F-15  Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 (Continued)Time Description Min Value Max ValueTimer or Design Goal for Source or SinkNotes Reference
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1324 JUN 09(b) Understanding LDUs and File SizeBOP messages use Link Data Units (LDUs) encoded in binary octets to transmit data. LDUs conform to the following rules:• The data is transmitted from a source and is received by a sink.• LDUs consist of a set of contiguous ARINC 429 32 bit data words.• The initial data word of each LDU shall be a Start of Transmission (SOT) word.• The end data word of each LDU shall be an End of Transmission (EOT).• No data file shall exceed 255 LDUs.(c) Understanding LDU Size and Word CountLDUs may vary in size from 3 to 255 ARINC 429 words. The minimum LDU consists of one SOT word, one data word, and one EOT word, and the maximum LDU consists of one SOT, 253 data words, and one EOT. The HSD-440 terminal calculates word count when it organizes an LDU for transmission. The word count appears in the RTS and CTS data words. See "Understanding Protocol Words" on page F-15.(d) Understanding Word FormatThe general word format of a BOP word is given in ARINC 429 (Attachment 11, Table 11-A). The bit definitions are shown in Table F-17.O7 -- SpareO8 Yes Use of SOLO word(TEST/LOOP)O9 -- SpareO10 Yes Destination code in RTS/CTS /NCTS/BUSY UsedO11 Yes Bit-Protocol verificationO12 No Use subsystem SAL from ALO word Table F-17  BOP Word Format Bit Position Description8-1 SAL24-9 Data (28-9 for full data words)28-25 GFI, Control Data or Word Type Extensions31-29 Word Type32 Parity Bit Table F-16  BOP Option Defaults (Continued)Option Value  Notes
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1424 JUN 091. Understanding SALsThe HSD-440 terminal sends LDUs by point to point by using a label field to carry the destination SAL; therefore, each LDU that the HSD-440 terminal sends is prefixed by the SAL for the ACARS/CMU, SAL 304. The SAL for the HSD-440 terminal is 307 (if designated SDU 1) or 173 (if designated SDU 2). See ARINC 429, Part 1, attachment 1-1 for a complete list of all SALs.2. Understanding DataData is sent in 4 or 5 nibble words. See "Understanding Word Types" on page F-14.3. Understanding General Format Identifier (GFI) DefinitionsTable F-18 defines the GFI definitions.A GFI of 1110 b indicates a Data 2 Enveloped ACARS Message. This message indicates to the HSD-440 terminal that this message is to be passed on through the ACARS network. Only one message is transferred per link layer ARINC 429 file. If the HSD-440 terminal is unable to deliver an enveloped message to its destination (ACARS/CMU or GES), the HSD-440 terminal discards the message.A Data-2 HSD-440 terminal transmits to the GES all messages passed from the avionics network interface during the time that the HSD-440 terminal is logged on. If the HSD-440 terminal is not logged on, any messages passed to the HSD-440 terminal shall be discarded. While the HSD-440 terminal is logged on, any messages received from the GES shall be forwarded to the avionics network interface regardless of the state or availability of the destination avionics equipment.Any ACARS/CMU message contains a destination code of M if it arrives from the ground to the ACARS/CMU. Similarly, any message originating from the ACARS/CMU that is destined for a GES contains a destination code of S. These codes are embedded in the RTS, CTS, and NCTS protocol words (See "Understanding Protocol Words" on page F-15.)(e) Understanding Word TypesThe word types in Table F-19 are valid. For a full definition, see ARINC 429 P3, attachment 11. Table F-18  GFI Definitions File Type  To GFICMU  HSD-440 terminalLabel  Destination Code Label Destination CodeData2 Enveloped ACARS Message  304 M307 (1) S1110b (Eh)
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1524 JUN 091. Understanding the Full Binary Data WordThis word shall transmit 5 nibbles of data. See ARINC 429P3 Attachment 11 for details.2. Understanding the Partial Binary Data WordThis word shall transmit 4 or less nibbles of data. See ARINC 429P3 Attachment 11 for details.3. Understanding Protocol WordsThe protocol words are shown in Table F-20. The protocol identifier occupies bits 28-25 of the protocol word. Table F-19  Word Types 31  30  29  WORD TYPE 0  0  0  Full Binary Data Word 0  0  1  Partial Binary Data Word 0  1  0  Start of Frame—Version 3 0  1  1  End of Frame—Version 3 1  0  0  Protocol Word 1  0  1  Solo Word 1  1  0  Start Of Transmission—Version 1 1  1  1  End Of Transmission—Version 1  Table F-20  Protocol Words and Uses Protocol word UsesRTS (Request to Send)The HSD-440 terminal issues an RTS to the ACARS/CMU when it is ready to send an LDU. The RTS contains a destination code (bits 24–17) and a word count (bits 16–9).CTS (Clear to Send)When the HSD-440 terminal receives an RTS, it issues a CTS to the ACARS/CMU when the ACARS/CMU is ready to send an LDU. The CTS contains the same destination code and word count as the HSD-440 terminal received in the RTS. Bit 11 of the Status Word Label 270 from the HSD-440 terminal indicates when a satellite link is available to proceed if this is a ground destination message.NCTS (Not Clear to Send)When the HSD-440 terminal either receives a valid RTS and is not ready to accept data or receives an RTS with an invalid destination or word count, it responds with an NCTS. The NCTS contains a destination code (bits 24–17).NAK (negative acknowledgement)If the HSD-440 terminal notes a missing SOT or EOT word, parity error, word count error, CRC error, or time out error, it will respond with a NAK. The NAK contains the same file sequence number in bits 24–17 as the SOT word.
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1624 JUN 094. Understanding the Solo WordIf the data the HSD-440 terminal is sending consists of only 1 or 2 octets, then the data can be sent blind using the solo word instead of obtaining a CTS. Solo words conform to the following rules:• The solo word contains a 16 bit data field in bits 24–9• Bits 31–29 are permanently set to 101b• Solo words are not acknowledged at the link level• Solo words are not interleaved with data file words during a data file transfer, however if the HSD-440 terminal receives a solo word during data transfer, the HSD-440 terminal shall process the solo word normally and resume file transmission or reception. ACK (acknowledgement) If the HSD-440 terminal transfers each word within the designated time and with odd parity, correct word count, and verified CRC. The LDU is either next, first, or a duplicate. Then the HSD-440 terminal sends an ACK. The ACK word contains the file sequence number (bits 24–17) and the LDU sequence number (bits 16–9).ALO (aloha)The HSD-440 terminal can initiate BOP V1 communication by sending an ALO word out on the bus.The first ALO word that the HSD-440 terminal transmits contains the highest version number it supports (bits 12–9). This word determines the correct protocol to use for the exchange. The ALO also sends its own SAL (bits 24–17). ALR (aloha response)When the HSD-440 terminal receives an ALO word, it leaves its present task and responds with an ALR word. The response contains the protocol version level supported. SYN The HSD-440 terminal transmits a SYN word to inform the ACARS/CMU that the construction of the last file that was transmitted is confused. The reception of a SYN word causes the ACARS/CMU to abort any reception or transmission in progress. In addition, if the ACARS/CMU was transmitting, it should re-initiate transmission of the file that was aborted.Destination code RTS, CTS, and NTCS words use a destination code. The destination code field (when used, bits 24–17) indicates the final destination of the LDU. If the LDU will be used in the HSD-440 terminal, the destination code can be set to 00h. If the LDU is intended to be passed on to another onboard system, the destination code indicates that system.Word count RTS and CTS words use a word count. The word count field (bits 16–9) reflects the number of ARINC 429 words that will be transmitted in a subsequent LDU. The maximum word count value is 255 ARINC 429 words. Table F-20  Protocol Words and Uses (Continued)Protocol word Uses
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1724 JUN 09The solo word also performs test and loop back functions to test the integrity of the ARINC 429 bus interconnection between the HSD-440 terminal and the ACARS/CMU.The HSD-440 terminal can send a 16 bit loop test pattern word (TEST) on the ARINC 429 TX bus. The ACARS/CMU then responds with the identical loop test pattern word (LOOP) on the ARINC 429 RX bus. If the LOOP does not match the TEST, the HSD-440 terminal indicates a TEST failure. If the HSD-440 terminal receives a TEST on its ARINC 429 RX bus, it responds by transmitting an identical LOOP on the ARINC 429 TX bus.A 4 bit identifier (bits 28–25) identifies the nature of the data being sent by the solo word. The three types of data are shown in Table F-21.5. Understanding Start of Transmission (SOT)When the HSD-440 terminal receives a valid CTS with the destination code and word count of the previous RTS, then it responds by sending an SOT word immediately before the LDU. The SOT contains the file sequence number, the GFI, and the LDU sequence number.The file sequence number (bits 24–17) of the SOT word is an 8 bit number assigned to the data file. It is initialized to 00h and increments by 1h for each new file sent over the link. After reaching FFh, the file sequence number returns to 01h and recommences incrementing by 1h for each new file sent. A file consisting of multiple LDUs has the same file sequence number in each SOT word of each LDU. The file sequence number is also used in ACK and NAK words.The LDU sequence number (bits 16–9) of the SOT word is an 8 Bit number assigned to the LDU. It is initialized to 00h and increments by 1h for each LDU sent (of the same file). The LDU sequence number resets to 00h at the beginning of each new file. The LDU sequence number is also used in the ACK word.6. Understanding End of Transmission (EOT)Each LDU is terminated by an EOT word. Bit 25 indicates if this LDU is the final LDU of the transfer. If it is, then this bit shall be set to 1; if it is not the final LDU, it shall be set to 0. The EOT also contains the CRC word in bits 24–9. See ARINC 429 P3, paragraph 2.5.12, for details on generating and decoding the CRC word. Table F-21  Data Types Purpose Bits 28-25b DescriptionTest 0000b 16 Bit Test PatternLoop 0001b 16 Bit Loop BackSolo Word ID 16 Bit Data filed
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 F-1824 JUN 09Blank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-124 JUN 09APPENDIX G: INTERNATIONAL ACCESS AND COUNTRY CODESTable G-1 shows a list of countries with their associated country codes and international access codes. Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes Country Country Code International Access CodeAfghanistan 93 00Albania 355 00Algeria 213 00Angola 244 00Anguilla +1 (264) 011Antigua +1 (268) 011Argentina 54 00Armenia 374 00Aruba 297 00Australia 61 00 11Austria 43 00Bahamas +1 (242) 011Bahrain 973 00Bangladesh 880 00Barbados +1 (246) 011Belarus 375 810Belgium 32 00Belize 501 00Benin 229 00Bermuda +1 (441) 011Bolivia 591 00 10Bosnia and Hercegovina 387 99Botswana 267 00Brazil 55 00British Virgin Islands +1 (284) 011Bulgaria 359 00Burkina Faso 226 00Burma (Myanmar) 95 00Burundi 257 90Cambodia 855 001
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-224 JUN 09Cameroon 237 00Canada 1011Cape Verde 238 0Cayman Islands +1 (345) 011Central African Republic 236 19Chad 235 15Chile 56 00China 86 00Colombia 57 009Comoros 269 00Congo (Brazzaville) 242 00Congo (Kinshasa, formerly Zaire) 243 00Cook Islands 682 00Costa Rica 506 00Cote d'Ivoire (Ivory Coast) 225 00Croatia 385 99Cuba 53 119Cyprus 357 00Czech Republic 420 00Denmark 45 00Diego-Garcia 246 00Djibouti 253 00Dominica +1 (767) 011Dominican Republic +1 (809), +1 (829) 011East Timor 670 00Ecuador 593 00Egypt 20 00El Salvador 503 0Equatorial Guinea 240 00Eritrea 291 00Estonia 372 810Ethiopia 251 00Falkland Islands 500 01Faroe Islands 298 009Fiji 679 5Finland 358 00France 33 00 Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes (Continued)Country Country Code International Access Code
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-324 JUN 09French Antilles 590 00French Guiana 594 00French Polynesia 689 00Gabon 241 00Gambia 220 00Germany 49 00Ghana 233 00Gibraltar 350 00Greece 30 00Greenland 299 009Grenada +1 (473) 011Guam +1 (671) 011Guatemala 502 00Guinea 224 00Guinea-Bissau 245 00Guyana 592 001Haiti 509 00Honduras 504 00Hong Kong 852 001Hungary 36 00Iceland 354 90India 91 900Indonesia 62 001, 008Iran 98 00Iraq 964 00Ireland 353 00Israel 972 00Italy 39 00Ivory Coast (Cote d'Ivoire) 225 00Jamaica +1 (876) 011Japan 81 010Jordan 962 00Kazakstan 7810Kenya 254 000Kuwait 965 00Kyrgyz Republic 996 00Laos 856 00 Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes (Continued)Country Country Code International Access Code
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-424 JUN 09Latvia 371 810Lebanon 961 00Lesotho 266 00Liberia 231 00Libya 218 00Liechtenstein 423 00Lithuania 370 00Luxembourg 352 00Macao 853 00Macedonia 389 00Madagascar 261 16Malawi 265 101Malaysia 60 00Maldives 960 00Mali 223 00Malta 356 356Marshall Islands 692 011Martinique 596 00Mauritania 222 00Mauritius 230 00Mayotte and Reunion 262 10Mexico 52 98Micronesia 691 011Moldova 373 00Monaco 377 00Mongolia 976 001Montenegro 382 00Montserrat +1 (664) 011Morocco 212 00Mozambique 258 00Namibia 264 00Nauru 674 00Nepal 977 00Netherlands 31 00New Caledonia 687 00New Zealand 64 00Nicaragua 505 00 Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes (Continued)Country Country Code International Access Code
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-524 JUN 09Niger 227 00Nigeria 234 009Niue Island 683 00North Korea 850 00Northern Mariana Islands (Commonwealth of) +1 (670) 011Norway 47 095Oman 968 00Pakistan 92 00Palau 680 011Palestine 970 00Panama 507 00Papua New Guinea 675 05Paraguay 595 002Peru 51 00Philippines 63 00Poland 48 00Portugal 351 00Puerto Rico +1 (787) 011Qatar 974 00Romania 40 71Russia 7810Rwanda 250 00Samoa 685 0San Marino 378 00Saudi Arabia 966 00Senegal 221 00Serbia 381 99Seychelles 248 00Sierra Leone 232 00Singapore 65 001Slovakia 421 00Slovenia 386 99Solomon Islands 677 00Somalia 252 00South Africa 27 00South Korea 82 00 Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes (Continued)Country Country Code International Access Code
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-624 JUN 09Spain 34 00Sri Lanka 94 00St Helena and Tristan da Cunha 290 00St Kitts +1 (869) 011St Lucia +1 (758) 011St Pierre and Miquelon 508 00St Vincent +1 (784) 011Sudan 249 00Suriname 597 002Swaziland 268 00Sweden 46 00Switzerland 41 00Syria 963 00Taiwan 886 002Tajikistan 992 810Tanzania 255 000Thailand 66 001Togolese Republic 228 00Tokelau 690 00Tonga 676 09Trinidad and Tobago +1 (868) 011Tunisia 216 00Turkey 90 99Turkmenistan 993 810Turks and Caicos +1 (649) 011Tuvalu, Ellice Islands 688 00U.S. Pacific Islands +1 670, +1 671, +1 684 011U.S. Virgin Islands +1 (340) 011Uganda 256 000Ukraine 380 810United Arab Emirates 971 00United Kingdom 44 00United States 1011Uruguay 598 00Uzbekistan 998 810Vanuatu 678 00 Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes (Continued)Country Country Code International Access Code
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-724 JUN 09Vatican City +39, +379 00Venezuela 58 00Vietnam 84 00Wallis and Futuna 681 19Yemen 967 00Yugoslavia (+38 discontinued) 99Zambia 260 00Zimbabwe 263 110 Table G-1  International Access and Country Codes (Continued)Country Country Code International Access Code
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 G-824 JUN 09Blank Page
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 H-124 JUN 09APPENDIX H: INMARSAT CAUSE CODESTable H-1 defines the maintenance port menu fault codes of the HSD-440 terminal. Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition1001 Call cleared by MES terminal (normal termination of call)1011 Call failed, MES terminal busy1012 Call cleared, MES terminal busy1021 Call failed, MES time-out (no answer)1081 Call failed, MES terminal not installed1091 Call failed, MES terminal out-of-service1092 Call cleared, MES terminal out-of-service1141 MES preempted clear by higher priority call1142 MES preempted fixed call by higher priority call1143 Offered call cleared, pre-empted at MES1144 Call cleared, MES initiated preemption1145 Attempted call cleared, pre-empted at MES1146 Attempted call abandoned by MES terminal1202 Handover, MES ready1281 Call failed, MES cannot accept1291 Call failed, MES cannot accept at present1351 Call cleared, insufficient free memory1361 Call cleared by MES cable unwrap1362 Call cleared, long interruption in reception at MES1363 MES secondary clear due to repoint OR1391 Call cleared, traveled distance exceeds 700km1392 Call cleared, spot beam transition (call terminated because aircraft left spot beam)1393 Call cleared, cooperative mode1451 Call failed, terrestrial circuits congested1452 Call failed, LES congested (no channel and no circuit)1502 Handover, LES Ready, normal clear1551 Call failed, LES congested (no channel)1581 Call failed, service not provided at this LES1591 Call failed, service temporarily not available at this LES1592 Call cleared, credit card type not supported1651 Call failed, LES congested (no channel terminal)1661 Call failed, long interruption in reception at LES
23-15-30 H-224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal1662 LES long term blockage of SCPC MES1790 Call cleared, failure credit card validation process1791 Call cleared, failure authentication process1811 NCS MES ID busy1812 NCS MES ID busy IPDS1841 Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.1 call1842 Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.2 call1843 Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.3 call1844 Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption1851 Call failed, satellite congestion NCS reject no SCPC available1852 Call failed, satellite congestion NCS reject SCPC does not match request1853 Call failed, lease channel congestion1854 Call failed, MES outside spot beam coverage area1855 Call rejected, preemption failed, no channel available1856 Call rejected, spot beam selection failed1857 Handover failed, channel not available2000 MES int reject MES RQ invalid CNO2001 MES int reject MES RQ failed qualification2010 MES int reject MES RP invalid CNO2011 MES int reject MES RP failed qualification2012 MES int reject MES RP operation timeout2020 MES int reject NCSA missing2021 MES int reject NCSA invalid CNO2022 MES int reject NCSA failed qualification2023 Call failed, Signal lost on NCSA during call setup, check antenna and try again2024 Call failed, Missing channel assignment, try again2025 Call failed, Signal lost on NCSC during call setup, check antenna and try again2030 MES int reject LES ID failed qualification2040 MES int reject SCCS invalid CNO2041 MES int reject SCCS not paired2048 Call failed, invalid number dialed2049 Call failed, terminal not ready for call, try later2050 Call failed, Not allowed to make another mobile call yet, wait 20 seconds and try again2051 Call failed, dialed number is barred Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 H-324 JUN 092052 Call failed, LES selected is barred2053 Call failed, number dialed must be in a phonebook2053 Call failed, terminal can only be used with a valid SIM2055 Call failed, user not logged in2056 Call failed, user not logged in to SIM2057 Call failed, LES is not in SIM allowed list2058 Call cleared, SIM removed during call2059 Call failed, terminal is locked for outgoing calls2060 MES int reject NCSS failed qualification2061 MES int reject spot beam invalid2062 Call failed, no spot beams in the ocean region, select another OR2063 Terminal ID is not set correctly, check with dealer2070 Lost NCSC signal, seeking2071 Stand-Alone Mode finished, seeking network2080 SIM error, check SIM is inserted correctly2090 MES int reject ORR query invalid2091 MES int reject ORR invalid2092 MES int reject MES RR failed qualification2093 MES int reject MES RR invalid CNO2094 MES int reject NCRA missing2095 MES int reject NCRA lost lock2100 MES int reject illegal call type2101 MES Int reject illegal peripheral2102 Call request failed, call already in progress2103 Call failed, star code is badly formatted2104 Call failed, cannot accept two address book star codes2105 Call failed, address book entry not found2106 Call failed, star code does not exist2120 MES int reject no transmit power available2200 Battery flat for terminal operation2201 Call cleared, used all allocated time for call type2300 MES int reject no coop response2301 MES int reject no power2302 MES int reject no location report2400 MES int reject no ORA SU found8000 ACSE Recycling Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
23-15-30 H-424 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal8001 ACSE Top Of Find BB8002 ACSE Top Of Process BB8010 ACSE Finding Primary NCS Long8011 ACSE Finding Secondary NCS Short8012 ACSE Finding Primary Standalone Short8013 ACSE Finding Primary NCS Short8014 ACSE Finding Primary Standalone Long8018 ACSE Finding Secondary Standalone Short8019 ACSE Finding Secondary Standalone Long8020 ACSE Found Primary NCS8021 ACSE Found Secondary NCS8022 ACSE Found Primary Standalone8023 ACSE Found Secondary Standalone8024 ACSE found primary NGNCS8025 ACSE found secondary NGNCS8030 ACSE NSR Invalid8040 ACSE Inert8041 ACSE ODU Status8080 ACSE NSR Valid8081 ACSE NSR Valid LES A8100 ACSE Booting8110 ACSE Booted8120 ACSE FIDR ID Invalid8200 ACSE Spot Beam Selection8201 ACSE Next Spot Beam8202 ACSE Successful Spot Beam Selection8203 ACSE Failed To Find Spot Beam8204 ACSE Spot Beam Selective Clear8210 ACSE Spot Beam Reject Mobile Call No ID8211 ACSE Spot Beam Reject Mobile Call No TDM8300 ACSE ORR8301 ACSE Successful ORR8302 ACSE Failed ORR8303 ACSE No ORR8304 ACSE ORR Tune NCRA8305 ACSE ORR MES RR8306 ACSE failed retry ORR Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 H-524 JUN 098310 ACSE ORR Query Begin8311 ACSE ORR Query Burst8312 ACSE ORR Query Successful8313 ACSE ORR Query Failed8400 ACSE Fixed Begin8401 ACSE Fixed MESRP8402 ACSE Fixed Call Type Set8410 ACSE Fixed Tune NCSA8411 ACSE Fixed Channel Assignment8420 ACSE Fixed Clearing Call8421 ACSE Fixed Selective Clear8480 ACSE Fixed SCPC Begin8481 ACSE Fixed SCPC Transmitting8482 ACSE Fixed Authentication Begin8483 ACSE Fixed Authentication End8484 ACSE Fixed Power Control8485 ACSE Fixed MES Connect8486 ACSE Fixed Ringing Begin8500 ACSE Mobile Begin8501 ACSE Mobile MES RQ18502 ACSE Mobile MES RQ28503 ACSE Mobile Call Type Set8510 ACSE Mobile Tune NCSA8511 ACSE Mobile Channel Assignment8520 ACSE Mobile Clearing Call8521 ACSE Mobile Selective Clear8580 ACSE Mobile SCPC Begin8581 ACSE Mobile SCPC Transmitting8582 ACSE Mobile Authentication Begin8583 ACSE Mobile Authentication End8584 ACSE Mobile Power Control8585 ACSE Mobile LES Connect8586 ACSE Mobile Ringing Begin8600 MPDS SCPC Mode Selected8800 ACSE cable call begin8801 ACSE cable call successful8900 ACSE Logoff Begin Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
23-15-30 H-624 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal8901 ACSE Successful Logoff8902 ACSE No ORR Logoff9000 ACSE accepts call9003 ACSE accepted9004 ACSE rejected9020 ACSE call waiting9021 ACSE idle selective clear9022 ACSE TDM not found9080 ACSE rejected fixed call due to invalid NSR9081 ACSE In MRSi9082 ACSE sounder turned on9083 ACSE sounder turned off9084 ACSE in lock9085 ACSE out of lock9086 ACSE ext sounder turned on9087 ACSE ext sounder turned off9088 ACSE timer about to expire9090 ACSE Smartcard activated9091 ACSE Smartcard removed9092 ACSE Smartcard error9100 Peripheral on hook9101 Peripheral off hook9102 Peripheral connected9103 Peripheral ringing9104 Peripheral ready9105 Peripheral hanging up9106 Peripheral hang up9107 Peripheral not responding9108 Peripheral dialing9109 Peripheral abort dialing9120 Peripheral DTMF accepted9121 Peripheral DTMF rejected9122 Peripheral invalid request9123 Peripheral valid request9124 Peripheral bonding auto9125 Peripheral bonding slave9126 Peripheral bonding none Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 H-724 JUN 099130 Peripheral STU enabled9131 Peripheral STU disabled9200 MSG T_AM received 9201 MSG A_AM received9202 MSG T_HA received9203 MMI normal9204 MMI inert9205 MMI programming9206 MMI reboot9207 MMI powerdown9208 MMI accepted9209 MMI rejected400000 CT SP bad400000 No call pending400001 CT SP good400002 CT SP full400003 CT SP access denied400080 CT SP find400081 CT SP enumerate400082 CT SP no entries400090 CT SP delete400100 CT SP spot beam selection400105 CT SP MPDS400110 CT SP ocean region registration400111 CT SP ORR query400112 CT SP log off400120 CT SP cable call400200 CT SP go idle400201 CT SP go idle due to configuration400202 CT SP selective clear400208 CT SP go idle clear spot beam400209 CT SP go idle clear NSR400210 CT SP go inert400211 CT SP go inert Smartcard400212 CT SP go inert DDS poll400900 CT SP ODU status400901 CT SP ODU status no alarms Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
23-15-30 H-824 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal400902 CT SP ODU status DDS400910 CT SP prod test400911 CT SP prod test ODU401000 CT SP clear spot beam800124 Mobile aero 64k speech800404 Mobile data800504 Mobile facsimile800606 Mobile 64k UDI800607 Mobile 56k UDI800610 Mobile 64k audio 3k1800622 Mobile aero 64k UDI800623 Mobile aero 56k UDI800625 Mobile aero 64k audio 3k111A0 Call cleared, credit card not accepted11D1 Call failed, Request data invalid11D2 Call failed, insufficient digits in service address11D3 Call failed, invalid service address11D4 Call cleared, credit card data information invalid11D5 Call cleared, invalid country code11D6 Call cleared, PID information is not consistent11D7 Call rejected, invalid service for Pri.1 or 2 call11D8 Call cleared, dialed number not 2 or 3 digits for Pr.1 or 2 call11E0 Call cleared, invalid credit card PIN at this LES11E1 Call cleared, too many invalid credit card call attempts12B1 Call cleared by MES for unspecified reason, for example:• GPS conflict• Insufficient HPA power available to make call• HPA over current12C2 Call cleared, no credit card valid message received12C3 Call failed, MES time-out (no terrestrial answer)12C4 Call cleared, authentication query not received (usually caused by call setup failure)12C5 Call cleared, MES missing sup service SU12C6 Call cleared, MES missing sup service 2SU12C7 Call cleared, MES missing SCPC channel release SU sup service12C8 Handover failed, LES not detected Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 H-924 JUN 0912D1 Call failed, Spot-beam data invalid12D2 Call failed, invalid scrambling vector15A1 Call failed, MES not authorized at this LES15A2 Call failed, service not authorized at this LES15A3 Call cleared, credit card not authorized15A4 Call cleared, authentication reply invalid15A5 Call failed, PID not authorized for any service15A6 Call failed, PID not authorized for requested service15B1 Call cleared by LES for unspecified reason15C1 Call failed, LES time-out (no assignment)15C2 Call failed, LES time-out (no service address)15C3 Call failed, LES time-out (no scrambling vector)15C4 Call failed, no service address and no scrambling vector15C5 Call cleared, incomplete credit card data information15C7 Call failed, LES time-out (no MES Connect)15C9 Call cleared, no authentication reply15CA Call cleared, notification ack not received15CB Call cleared, invalid sequence number in notification ack15CC Handover failed, no response to request15CD Handover failed, MES not ready15D1 Call failed, LES time-out (invalid assignment)15D2 LES MES already busy15E1 Call cleared but MES still transmitting (FAULT)16C2 LES missing MES SCPC16C3 Handover failed, MES not detected18A1 NCS MES ID not found18A2 Call failed, MES not authorized18A3 Call failed, LES not authorized18B1 Call failed by NCS for unspecified reason18B2 Call rejected, invalid service requested18C1 NCS MES burst missing18C3 NCS MES busy preemption failed18D1 Call failed, invalid call request18E1 NCS MES busy already18E2 NCS MES busy already MPDS1F01 Call cleared by terrestrial circuit (normal call termination from ground source) Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
23-15-30 H-1024 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal1F11 Call failed, terrestrial party busy1F21 Call failed, LES time-out (no answer)1F61 Call failed, terrestrial circuit failure (call attempted during ORR)1F62 Call failed, early clear by terrestrial circuit2F00 LES int reject lack of MES RESP response2F01 LES int reject lack of MES ARN response2F02 LES int reject incorrect SVECSCPC4000A0 CT SP any4000F0 CT Terminal ID4000F1 CT Options4000F2 CT config names80010F Mobile 64k speech8D0FFF Mobile Mini-M8E0FFF Mobile HSD8F0FFF Mobile90A0 EXPPORT bonding started90A1 EXPPORT bonding ended90A2 EXPPORT remote panel present90A3 EXPPORT remote panel removed90B0 ACSE MPDS mode selected90B1 ACSE SCPC mode selected90C0 ACSE transmit on90C1 ACSE transmit off90D0 ACSE spot beam handover started90D1 ACSE spot beam termination timer started90F0 Event log wipedB000 Mod error, generalB001 Mod error, tune failedB002 Mod error, mode failedB003 Mod error, mmr failedB004 Mod error, not respondingB010 MOD Invalid ModeB011 MOD Command InvalidB020 Mod error, su underflowB021 MOD Su overflowB022 MOD Su not transmittedB024 MOD invalid frame no Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data Terminal23-15-30 H-1124 JUN 09B025 MOD invalid slot noB028 MOD cannot Tx Su while tuningB030 MOD channel out of rangeB032 MOD cannot tune while TxB033 MOD tuning in progressB040 MOD error watchdogB100 DEMOD error, generalB101 DEMOD error, tune failedB102 DEMOD error, mode failedB110 DEMOD invalid modeB130 DEMOD channel out of rangeB133 DEMOD tuning in progressB200 Generic modem errorB201 RF error RX VHFB202 RF error RX LbandB204 RF error RX VHFB208 RF error TX LbandB210 RF error RF errorB220 RF error Ref errorB27F Mod watchdog trippedB280 Generic voice codec errorsB281 TMS spurious interruptB300 Outdoor terminal failure, check connections to ODUB301 ODU error cannot set cable attenuatorB310 ODU error power response missingB311 ODU error tune response missingB312 ODU error HPA control response missingB313 ODU error HPA status response missingB314 ODU error alarm response missingB315 ODU error burst timer response missingB316 ODU error HPA backoff response missingB320 ODU error alarm heatB321 ODU error alarm burstB322 ODU error alarm powerB323 ODU error alarm over voltageB324 ODU error alarm reverse powerB328 ODU failed due to tx power check Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition
23-15-30 H-1224 JUN 09EMS SATCOMSYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALeNfusion™ HSD-440  High-speed Data TerminalB329 ODU error alarm timeoutB330 ODU error alarm timeout no tripB400 Internal temperature of terminal too high, turn off for 10 minutesB401 Internal temperature sensor failedB410 Mod error, handshake failure, power down/up and try againB500 Battery charging communication failureB501 Power supply errorB580 Battery is over temperature, charging disabledB581 Battery temperature is now ok, charging enabledC0010F Fixed 64k speechC00124 Fixed aero 64k speechC00404 Fixed dataC00504 Fixed facsimileC00606 Fixed 64k UDIC00607 Fixed 56k UDIC00610 Fixed 64k audio 3k1C00622 Fixed aero 64k UDIC00623 Fixed aero 56k UDIC00625 Fixed aero 64k audio 3k1CD0FFF Fixed Mini-MCE0FFF Fixed HSDCF0FFF Fixed FFFD ACSE end marker (MPDS)FFFE Status undefined (MPDS)FFFF Status OK (MPDS) Table H-1  Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)Inmarsat Cause Code Code Definition

Navigation menu